summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/16956-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 04:50:01 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 04:50:01 -0700
commitdf64b9d6edc10715fcdecf709ee0d45e6c522781 (patch)
treebd610d48694084be69f7cc00bebff9c30f0168e9 /16956-h
initial commit of ebook 16956HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '16956-h')
-rw-r--r--16956-h/16956-h.htm6981
-rw-r--r--16956-h/images/001.jpgbin0 -> 87444 bytes
-rw-r--r--16956-h/images/090.jpgbin0 -> 88165 bytes
-rw-r--r--16956-h/images/220.jpgbin0 -> 89737 bytes
-rw-r--r--16956-h/images/230.jpgbin0 -> 69518 bytes
-rw-r--r--16956-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 82012 bytes
6 files changed, 6981 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/16956-h/16956-h.htm b/16956-h/16956-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcabdce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16956-h/16956-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6981 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue Playing Circus, by Laura Lee Hope</title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */
+<!--
+ p {margin-top: .75em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ text-indent: 1.25em;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+ }
+ img {border: 0;}
+ ins {text-decoration:none; border-bottom: thin dotted gray;}
+ .tnote {border: dashed 1px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em;
+ padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;}
+ .right {text-align: right;}
+
+ h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;
+ }
+ hr { width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+ }
+
+ table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+ body{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+
+ .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ visibility: hidden;
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+ } /* page numbers */
+
+ .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;}
+
+ .bb {border-bottom: solid 2px;}
+ .bl {border-left: solid 2px;}
+ .bt {border-top: solid 2px;}
+ .br {border-right: solid 2px;}
+ .bbox {border: solid 2px;}
+
+ .center {text-align: center;}
+ .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+
+ .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+ hr.full { width: 100%; }
+ pre {font-size: 70%;}
+ // -->
+ /* XML end ]]>*/
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue Playing
+Circus, by Laura Lee Hope, Illustrated by Florence England Nosworthy</h1>
+<pre>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at <a href = "https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre>
+<p>Title: Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue Playing Circus</p>
+<p>Author: Laura Lee Hope</p>
+<p>Release Date: October 27, 2005 [eBook #16956]</p>
+<p>Language: English</p>
+<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p>
+<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE PLAYING CIRCUS***</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<h3>E-text prepared by Marilynda Fraser-Cunliffe, Emmy,<br />
+ and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br />
+ (https://www.pgdp.net/)</h3>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<div class="figcenter"><a href="./images/cover.jpg"><img src="./images/cover.jpg" alt="Cover" title="Cover" /></a></div>
+
+<h1>BUNNY BROWN</h1>
+
+<h1>AND HIS SISTER SUE</h1>
+
+<h1>PLAYING CIRCUS</h1>
+
+<h3>BY</h3>
+
+<h2>LAURA LEE HOPE</h2>
+
+<div class="center"><br /><br /><br />AUTHOR OF<br />
+THE BUNNY BROWN SERIES, THE BOBBSEY<br />
+TWINS SERIES, THE OUTDOOR GIRLS<br />
+SERIES, ETC.</div>
+
+
+<div class="center"><br /><br />Illustrated by</div>
+
+<div class="center"><big>Florence England Nosworthy</big></div>
+
+
+<div class="center"><br /><br />NEW YORK<br />
+GROSSET &amp; DUNLAP<br />
+PUBLISHERS<br />
+</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 65%;' />
+
+<h2>BOOKS</h2>
+
+<h2>By LAURA LEE HOPE</h2>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><i>12mo. Cloth, Illustrated. Price, per volume, 50 cents, postpaid.</i></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b>THE BUNNY BROWN SERIES</b></div>
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Bunny Brown">
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE ON GRANDPA'S FARM</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE PLAYING CIRCUS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AT AUNT LU'S CITY HOME</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AT CAMP REST-A-WHILE</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+<div class='center'><b>THE BOBBSEY TWINS SERIES</b></div>
+
+<div class='center'>For Little Men and Women</div>
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Bobbsey Twins">
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS IN THE COUNTRY</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT THE SEASHORE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT SCHOOL</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT SNOW LODGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS ON A HOUSEBOAT</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT MEADOW BROOK</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT HOME</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b>THE OUTDOOR GIRLS SERIES</b></div>
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Outdoor Girls">
+<tr><td align='left'>THE OUTDOOR GIRLS OF DEEPDALE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE OUTDOOR GIRLS AT RAINBOW LAKE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE OUTDOOR GIRLS IN A MOTOR CAR</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE OUTDOOR GIRLS IN A WINTER CAMP</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE OUTDOOR GIRLS IN FLORIDA</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE OUTDOOR GIRLS AT OCEAN VIEW</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE OUTDOOR GIRLS ON PINE ISLAND</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+<div class='center'>GROSSET &amp; DUNLAP<br />
+PUBLISHERS NEW YORK</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<div class='center'>Copyright, 1916, by
+GROSSET &amp; DUNLAP</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><i>Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue Playing Circus</i></div>
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class="figcenter"><img src="./images/001.jpg" alt="THEN BUNNY AND SUE JUMPED THROUGH HOOPS COVERED WITH PAPER." title="THEN BUNNY AND SUE JUMPED THROUGH HOOPS COVERED WITH PAPER." /></div>
+
+<div class='center'>THEN BUNNY AND SUE JUMPED THROUGH HOOPS COVERED WITH PAPER.<br />
+<i>Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue Playing Circus.</i> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; <i>Frontispiece</i> (<i>P.</i> <a href='#Page_117'>117</a>).</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents">
+<tr><td align='right'><span class="smcap">chapter</span>
+</td><td align='left'></td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">page</span></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>I.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Bunny Is Upside Down</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_1'>1</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>II.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Let's Have a Circus!</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_10'>10</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>III.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Poor Old Hen</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_21'>21</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>IV.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">A Strange Boy</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_30'>30</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>V.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Something Queer</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_40'>40</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>VI.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Ben Hall Helps</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_48'>48</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>VII.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Bunny Has a Fall</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_56'>56</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>VIII.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Doll in the Well</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_65'>65</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>IX.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Striped Calf</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_73'>73</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>X.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Old Rooster</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_82'>82</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XI.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Practice for the Circus</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_93'>93</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XII.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Little Circus</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_102'>102</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XIII.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Wild Animals</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_111'>111</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XIV.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Bunny and Sue Go Sailing</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_121'>121</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XV.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Splash Is Lost</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_131'>131</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XVI.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Getting the Tents</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_142'>142</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XVII.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Bunny and the Balloons</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_152'>152</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XVIII.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Storm</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_163'>163</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XIX.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Hard Work</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_174'>174</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XX.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Missing Mice</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_185'>185</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XXI.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Big Circus</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_194'>194</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XXII.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Bunny's Brave Act</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_206'>206</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XXIII.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Ben Does a Trick</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_215'>215</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XXIV.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Ben's Secret</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_227'>227</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='right'>XXV.</td>
+<td align='left'><span class="smcap">Back Home Again</span></td>
+<td align='right'><a href='#Page_238'>238</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE PLAYING CIRCUS</h2>
+
+
+
+
+<h2>CHAPTER I</h2>
+
+<h3>BUNNY IS UPSIDE DOWN</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Grandpa, where are you going now?" asked Bunny Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"And what are you going to do?" asked Bunny Brown's sister Sue.</p>
+
+<p>Grandpa Brown, who was walking down the path at the side of the
+farmhouse, with a basket on his arm, stood and looked at the two
+children. He smiled at them, and Bunny and Sue smiled back, for they
+liked Grandpa Brown very much, and he just loved them.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you going after the eggs?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"That basket is too big for eggs," Bunny observed.</p>
+
+<p>"It wouldn't be&mdash;not for great, great, big eggs," the little girl said.
+"Would it, Grandpa?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"No, Sue. I guess if I were going out to gather ostrich eggs I wouldn't
+get many of them in this basket. But I'm not going after eggs. Not this
+time, anyhow."</p>
+
+<p>"Where are you going?" asked Bunny once more.</p>
+
+<p>"What's a&mdash;a ockstritch?" asked Sue, for that was as near as she could
+say the funny word.</p>
+
+<p>"An ostrich," answered Grandpa Brown, "is a big bird, much bigger than
+the biggest Thanksgiving turkey. It has long legs, and fine feathers,
+and ladies wear them on their hats. I mean they wear the ostrich
+feathers, not the bird's legs."</p>
+
+<p>"And do ockstritches lay big eggs?" Sue wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"They do," answered Grandpa Brown. "They lay eggs in the hot sand of the
+desert, and they are big eggs. I guess I couldn't get more than six of
+them in this basket."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh-o-o-o!" exclaimed Bunny and Sue together, with their eyes wide open.</p>
+
+<p>"What big eggs they must be!" went on Bunny.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"And is you going to get hens' eggs or ockstritches' eggs now, Grandpa?"
+asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Neither one, little brown-eyes, I'm going out in the orchard to pick a
+few peaches. Grandma wants to make a peach shortcake for supper. So I
+have to get the peaches."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, may we come?" asked Sue, dropping the doll with which she had been
+playing.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll help you pick the peaches," offered Bunny, and he put down some
+sticks, a hammer and nails. He was trying to make a house for Splash,
+the big dog, but it was harder work than Bunny had thought. He was glad
+to stop.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, come along, both of you," replied Grandpa Brown. "I don't believe
+you can reach up to pick any peaches, but you can eat some, I guess. You
+know how to eat peaches, don't you?" he asked, smiling again at Bunny
+Brown and his sister Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I love peaches!" said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"And I do, too&mdash;and peach shortcake is awful good!" murmured Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, come along then. It's nice and shady and cool in the peach
+orchard."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Grandpa Brown put the basket over his arm, and gave Bunny one hand to
+clasp, while Sue took the other. In this way they walked down the path,
+through the garden, and out toward the orchard.</p>
+
+<p>"Bunny! Sue! Where are you going?" called their mother to the children.
+Mrs. Brown had come out on the side porch.</p>
+
+<p>"With Grandpa," answered Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll look after them," said Grandpa Brown.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and his sister, with their papa and mamma, were spending the
+summer on the farm of Grandpa Brown away out in the country. The
+children liked it on the farm very much, for they had good fun. A few
+days before they had gone to the circus, and had seen so many wonderful
+things that they talked about them from morning until night, and,
+sometimes, even after they got to bed.</p>
+
+<p>But just now, for a little while, they were not talking or thinking
+about the circus, though up to the time when Grandpa Brown came around
+the house with the basket on his arm, Bunny had been telling Sue about
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>the man who hung by his heels from a trapeze that was fast to the top
+of the big tent. A trapeze, you know, is something like a swing, only it
+has a stick for a seat instead of a board.</p>
+
+<p>"I could hang by a trapeze if I wanted to," Bunny had said to Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny Brown! You could not!" Sue had cried.</p>
+
+<p>"I could if I had the trapeze," he had said.</p>
+
+<p>Then along had come Grandpa Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"How many peaches do you think you can eat, Bunny?" asked Grandpa, as he
+led the children toward the orchard.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, maybe seven or six."</p>
+
+<p>"That's too many!" laughed Grandpa Brown. "We should have to have the
+doctor for you, I'm afraid. I guess if you eat two you will have enough,
+especially with shortcake for supper."</p>
+
+<p>"I can eat three," spoke up Sue. "I like peaches."</p>
+
+<p>"But don't eat too many," said Grandpa. "Now I'll see if I can find a
+little, low tree, with ripe peaches on it, so you children can pick some
+off for yourselves."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>They were in the orchard now. It was cool and shady there, and the
+children liked it, for the sun was shining hot outside the orchard. On
+one edge of the place, where grew the peach trees, ran a little brook,
+and Bunny and Sue could hear it bubbling as it rippled over the green,
+mossy stones. The sound of running water made the air seem cooler.</p>
+
+<p>A little farther off, across the garden, were grandpa's beehives, where
+the bees were making honey. Sue and her brother could hear the bees
+buzzing as they flew from the hives to the flowers in the field. But the
+children did not want to go very close to the hives, for they knew the
+bees could sting.</p>
+
+<p>"Now here's a nice tree for you to pick peaches from," said Grandpa
+Brown, as he stopped under one in the orchard.</p>
+
+<p>"You may pick two peaches each, and eat them," went on the childrens'
+grandfather.</p>
+
+<p>"And don't you want us to pick some for you, like ockstritches' eggs,
+an' put them in the basket?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, after you eat your two, perhaps you can help me," answered
+Grandpa Brown <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>with a smile. But I think he knew that by the time Bunny
+and Sue had picked their own peaches he would have his basket filled.
+For, though Bunny and Sue wanted to help, their hands were small and
+they could not do much. Besides, they liked to play, and you cannot play
+and work at the same time. But children need to play, so that's all
+right.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving Bunny and Sue under the tree he had showed them, where they
+might pick their own peaches, Grandpa Brown walked on a little farther,
+looking for a place where he might fill his basket.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, there's a nice red peach I'm going to get!" exclaimed Sue, as she
+reached up her hand toward it. But she found she was not quite tall
+enough.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll get it for you," offered Bunny, kindly.</p>
+
+<p>He got the peach for Sue, and she began to eat it.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny!" she cried. "It's a lovely sweet one. I hope you get a nice
+one."</p>
+
+<p>"I will," Bunny said. Then as he looked at his sister he cried: "Oh,
+Sue! The juice is running all down your chin on your dress."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh-oh-o-o-o!" said Sue, as she looked at the peach juice on her dress.
+"Oh-o-o-o!"</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind," remarked Bunny. "We can wash it off in the brook."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Sue, and she went on eating her peach. "We'll wash it."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny was looking up into the tree for a peach for himself. He wanted to
+get the biggest and reddest one he could find.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I see a great big one!" Bunny cried, as he walked all around the
+tree.</p>
+
+<p>"Where is it?" asked Sue. "I want a big one, Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>"I'll get you another one. I see two," and Bunny pointed to them up in
+the tree.</p>
+
+<p>"You can't reach 'em," asserted Sue. "They're too high, Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I can climb the tree," said the little boy. "I can climb the tree
+and get them."</p>
+
+<p>"You'll fall," Sue said.</p>
+
+<p>"No, I won't, Sue. You just watch me."</p>
+
+<p>The peach tree was a low one, with branches close to the ground. And, as
+Bunny Brown said, he did know a little bit about climbing. He found a
+box in the orchard, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>and, by standing on this he got up into the tree.</p>
+
+<p>Up and up he went, higher and higher until he was almost within reach of
+the two peaches he wanted. Grandpa Brown was busy picking peaches at a
+tree farther off, and did not see the children.</p>
+
+<p>"Look out, Sue. I'm going to drop a peach down to you," called Bunny
+from up in the tree.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll look out," said Sue. "I'll hold up my dress, and you can drop the
+peach in that. Then it won't squash on the ground."</p>
+
+<p>She stood under the tree, looking up toward her brother. Bunny reached
+for one of the two big, red peaches, but he did not pick it. Something
+else happened.</p>
+
+<p>A branch on which the little boy was standing suddenly broke, and down
+he fell. He turned over, almost like a clown doing a somersault in the
+circus, and the next moment Bunny's two feet caught between two other
+branches, and there he hung, upside down, his head pointing to the
+ground.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER II</h2>
+
+<h3>LET'S HAVE A CIRCUS!</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Bunny! Bunny! What are you doing?" cried Sue, as she saw her brother
+hanging, head down, in such a funny way from the peach tree branches.
+"Don't do that, Bunny! You'll get hurt!"</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I didn't mean to do it!" cried Bunny, and his voice sounded very
+strange, coming from his mouth upside down as it was. Sue did not know
+whether to laugh or cry.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Bunny, is you playing circus?" she asked.</p>
+
+<p>"No&mdash;no! I'm not playing circus!" and Bunny wiggled, and wiggled again,
+trying to get his feet loose. Both of them were caught between two
+branches of the peach <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original text has a blank space instead of this word">tree</ins> where the limbs grew close together.</p>
+
+<p>And it is a good thing that Bunny could not get his feet loose just
+then, or he would <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span>have wiggled himself to the ground, and he might have
+been badly hurt, for he would have fallen on his head.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Bunny! You <i>is</i> playing circus!" cried Sue again. She had
+finished her first peach, and now, dropping the stone, from which she
+had been sucking the last, sweet bits of pulp, she stood looking at her
+brother, dangling from the tree.</p>
+
+<p>"No, I'm not playing circus!" and Bunny's voice sounded now as though he
+was just ready to cry. "Run and tell grandpa to help me down, Sue!" he
+begged. "I&mdash;I'm choking&mdash;I can't hardly breathe, Sue! Run for grandpa!"</p>
+
+<p>Bunny was almost choking, and his face, tanned as it was from the sun
+and wind, was red now&mdash;almost as red as the boiled lobster, the hollow
+claw of which Bunny once put over his nose to make himself look like Mr.
+Punch, of the Punch and Judy show. For when boys, or girls either, hang
+by their feet, with their heads upside down, all the blood seems to run
+there if they hang too long. And that was what was happening to Bunny
+Brown.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Are you <i>sure</i> you isn't playin' circus?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"No&mdash;I&mdash;I'm not playing," answered Bunny. "Hurry for grandpa! Oh, how my
+head hurts!"</p>
+
+<p>"You look just like the circus man," said Sue. For one of the men in the
+circus Bunny and Sue had seen a few days before had hung by his toes
+from a trapeze, upside down, just as Bunny was hanging, with his head
+pointing toward the ground, and his feet near the top of the tent.</p>
+
+<p>But of course the circus man was used to it, and it did not hurt his
+head as it did Bunny's.</p>
+
+<p>"Hurry, Sue!" begged the little boy.</p>
+
+<p>"All right. I'll get grandpa," Sue cried, as she ran off toward the tree
+where Grandpa Brown was picking peaches.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Grandpa!" cried the little girl. "Come&mdash;come hurry up.
+Bunny&mdash;Bunny&mdash;he&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>Sue was so out of breath, from having run so fast, and from trying to
+talk so fast, that she could hardly speak. But Grandpa Brown knew
+something was the matter.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What is it, Sue?" he asked. "What has happened to Bunny? Did a bee
+sting him?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, Grandpa. But he&mdash;he's like the circus man, only he says he isn't
+playin' he is a circus. He's upside down in the tree, and he's a
+wigglin' an' a wogglin' an' he can't get down, an' his face is all red
+an' he wants you, an'&mdash;an'&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"My goodness me!" exclaimed Grandpa Brown, setting on the ground his
+basket, now half full of peaches. "What is that boy up to now?"</p>
+
+<p>For Bunny Brown, and often his sister Sue, did get into all sorts of
+mischief, though they did not always mean to do so. "What has Bunny done
+now, I wonder?" asked grandpa.</p>
+
+<p>"He&mdash;he couldn't help it," said Sue. "He slipped when he went up the
+tree, and now he's swinging by his legs just like the man in the circus,
+only Bunny says he isn't."</p>
+
+<p>"He isn't what?" asked Grandpa Brown, as he hurried along, taking hold
+of Sue's hand. "What isn't he, Sue? I never did see such children!" and
+Grandpa Brown shook his head.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Bunny says he isn't the man in the circus," explained Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"No, I shouldn't think he would be a man in the circus," said grandpa.</p>
+
+<p>"He <i>looks</i> just like a circus man, though," insisted Sue. "But he says
+he isn't playin' that game."</p>
+
+<p>Sue shook her head. She did not know what it all meant, nor why Bunny
+was hanging in such a queer way. But Grandpa Brown would make it all
+right. Sue was sure of that.</p>
+
+<p>"There he is! There's Bunny upside down!" cried Sue, pointing to the
+tree in which Bunny was hanging by his feet.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, my!" cried Grandpa Brown. Then he ran forward, took Bunny in his
+arms, and raised him up. This lifted Bunny's feet free from the tree
+branches, between which they were caught, and then Grandpa Brown turned
+the little boy right side up, and set him down on his feet.</p>
+
+<p>"There you are, Bunny!" cried grandpa. "But how did it happen? Were you
+trying to be a circus, all by yourself?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"N&mdash;n&mdash;no," stammered Bunny, for he could hardly get his breath yet.
+"I&mdash;I slipped down when I was reaching for a big, red peach for Sue. But
+I didn't slip all the way, for my feets caught in the tree."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it's a good thing they did, or you might have been hurt worse
+than you were," said Grandpa Brown. "But I guess you're not hurt much
+now; are you?"</p>
+
+<p>Bunny looked down at his feet. Then he felt of his own arms and legs. He
+took a long breath. His face was not so red now.</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I guess I'm all right," he answered, at last.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, don't climb any more trees," said Grandpa Brown. "You are too
+little."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny thought he was quite a big boy, but of course grandpa knew what
+was right.</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I won't climb any more <i>peach</i> trees," said Bunny Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"No, nor any other kind!" exclaimed his grandfather. "Just keep out of
+trees. Little boys and girls are safest on the ground. But now you had
+better come over where I can keep my eyes on you. I have my basket
+nearly <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>filled. We'll very soon go back to the house."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny Brown was all right now. So he and Sue went over to the tree where
+grandpa was picking. They helped to fill the basket, for some of the
+peaches grew on branches so close to the ground that the children could
+reach up and pick them without any trouble.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny Brown and his sister Sue had been on grandpa's farm since early
+summer. Those of you who have read the first book in this series do not
+need to be told who the children are. But there are some who may want to
+hear a little about them.</p>
+
+<p>In the first book, named "Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue," I told you
+how the children, with their father and mother, lived in the town of
+Bellemere, on Sandport bay, near the ocean. Mr. Brown was in the boat
+business, and many fishermen hired boats from him.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Lu came from New York to visit Mrs. Brown, the mother of Bunny and
+Sue, and while on her visit Aunt Lu lost her diamond ring. Bunny found
+it in an awfully funny way, when he was playing he was Mr. Punch, in the
+Punch and Judy show.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In the second book, "Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue on Grandpa's Farm,"
+I told you how the Brown family went to the country in a big automobile,
+in which they lived just as Gypsies do. They even slept in the big
+automobile van.</p>
+
+<p>And when Bunny and Sue reached grandpa's farm, after a two days' trip,
+what fun they had! You may read all about it in the book. And Bunny and
+Sue did more than just have fun.</p>
+
+<p>The children helped find grandpa's horses, that had been taken away by
+the Gypsies. The horses were found at the circus, where Bunny and Sue
+went to see the elephants, tigers, lions, camels and ponies. They also
+saw the men swinging on the trapeze, high up in the big tent.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny Brown and his sister Sue always wanted to be doing something. If
+it was not one thing it was another. They often got lost, though they
+did not mean to. Sometimes their dog Splash would find them.</p>
+
+<p>Splash was a fine dog. He pulled Sue out of the water once, and she
+called him Splash <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>because he "splashed" in so bravely to get her.</p>
+
+<p>In Bellemere, where Bunny and Sue lived, they had many friends. Every
+one in town loved the children. Even Wango, the queer monkey pet of Mr.
+Winkler, the old sailor, liked Bunny and Sue.</p>
+
+<p>But they had not seen Wango for some time now; not since coming to the
+farm in the country. They had seen a trained bear, which a man led
+around by a string. The bear climbed a telegraph pole, and did other
+tricks. Bunny and Sue thought he was very funny. But they did not like
+him as much as they did the cunning little monkey at home in Bellemere.</p>
+
+<p>Carrying the basket of peaches on his arm, and leading the children,
+Grandpa Brown walked back to the house. Mrs. Brown, the mother of Bunny
+and Sue, watched them come up the walk.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Sue!" cried her mother. "Look at your dress! What did you spill on
+it?"</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I guess it's peach juice, Mother. It dripped all over. But Bunny
+hung upside down in the tree, just like the man in the circus, only he
+wasn't."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>I guess Sue was glad to talk about something else beside the peach juice
+stains on her dress.</p>
+
+<p>"What&mdash;what happened?" asked Mother Brown, looking at grandpa. "Did
+Bunny&mdash;&mdash;?"</p>
+
+<p>"That's right," he said, laughing. "Bunny was hanging, upside down, in a
+tree. But he wasn't hurt, and I soon lifted him down."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, what will those children do next?" asked their mother.</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I didn't mean to do it," said Bunny. "It&mdash;it just&mdash;happened. I&mdash;I
+couldn't help it."</p>
+
+<p>"No, I suppose not," said his mother. "But you must go and wash now.
+Sue, I'll put a clean dress on you, and then I'll see if I can get the
+peach stains off this one. You ought to have on an old apron."</p>
+
+<p>A little later, Bunny and Sue, now nice and clean, were sitting on the
+side porch. It was almost time for supper.</p>
+
+<p>"Bunny," asked Sue, "did it hurt when you were playin' you were a circus
+man only you weren't?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"No, it didn't exactly <i>hurt</i>," he said slowly. "But it felt funny. Did
+I really look like a circus man, Sue?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yep. Just like one. Only, of course, you didn't have any nice pink suit
+on, with spangles and silver and gold."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no, of course not," agreed Bunny. "But did I swing by my feet?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, Bunny, you did."</p>
+
+<p>For a moment the little chap said nothing. Then he cried out:</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Sue! I know what let's do!"</p>
+
+<p>"What?"</p>
+
+<p>"Let's have a circus! It will be lots of fun! We'll get up a circus all
+by ourselves! Will you help me make a circus?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER III</h2>
+
+<h3>THE POOR OLD HEN</h3>
+
+
+<p>Sue looked at Bunny with widely-opened eyes. Then she clapped her hands.
+Sue always did that when she felt happy, and she felt that way now.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny!" she cried. "A circus? A real circus?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, of course not a <i>real</i>, big one, with lions and tigers and all
+that," said the little boy. "We couldn't get elephants and camels and
+bears. But maybe grandpa would let us take his two horses, that he got
+back from the Gypsies. They have lots of horses in the circus."</p>
+
+<p>"I'd be afraid to ride on a horse," objected Sue, shaking her head.</p>
+
+<p>"You wouldn't if Bunker Blue held you on; would you?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, maybe not then."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well, we'll get Bunker Blue to hold us on the horse's back," said
+Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>Bunker Blue was a big, red-haired boy&mdash;almost a man&mdash;and he worked for
+Mr. Brown. Bunker was very fond of Bunny and Sue. Bunker had steered the
+big automobile in which the Brown family came to grandpa's farm, and he
+was still staying in the country.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think we could really get up a circus?" asked Sue, after
+thinking about what Bunny had said.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course we can," answered the little boy. "Didn't we get up a Punch
+and Judy show, when I found Aunt Lu's diamond ring?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but that wasn't as big as a circus."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we need only have a little circus show, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"Where could we have it, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>The little boy thought for a moment.</p>
+
+<p>"In grandpa's barn," he answered. "There's lots of room. It would be
+just fine."</p>
+
+<p>"Would you and me be all the circus, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no. We'd get some of the other boys and girls. We could get Tom
+White, Nellie<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>Bruce, Jimmie Kenny, Sallie Smith and Ned Johnson. They'd
+be glad to play circus."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I guess they would," said Sue. "It will be lots of fun. But what
+can we do, Bunny? You haven't any lobster claw to play Mr. Punch now,
+'cause it's broke."</p>
+
+<p>"No, we don't want to give a Punch and Judy show, Sue. We want to make
+this just like a circus, with trapezes and wild animals and&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"But you said we couldn't have any lions or tigers, Bunny. 'Sides, I'd
+be afraid of them," and Sue looked over her shoulder as if, even then,
+an elephant might be reaching out his trunk toward her for some peanuts.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, of course we couldn't have any real wild animals," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"What kind, then?" Sue wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"Make believe kind. I could put some stripes on Splash, and make believe
+our dog was a tiger, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"How could you put stripes on him, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"With paint."</p>
+
+<p>"No!" cried Sue, shaking her head. "Splash <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>is half my dog, and I don't
+want him all painted up. You sha'n't do it, Bunny Brown!"</p>
+
+<p>"All right, then. I'll only paint <i>my</i> half of Splash," said the little
+boy. "<i>My</i> half can be a striped tiger, and <i>your</i> half can be just a
+plain dog."</p>
+
+<p>"That would be a funny wild animal," Sue said. "A half tiger and half
+dog."</p>
+
+<p>"Lots of folks would like to see an animal like that," Bunny said. "I'll
+just stripe my half of Splash, and leave your half plain, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"All right. But is you only going to have one wild make-believe animal,
+Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, Ned Johnson has a dog. We can make a lion out of him."</p>
+
+<p>"But Ned's dog hasn't any tail," said Sue. "I mean he has only a little
+baby tail, like a rabbit. Lions always have tails with tassels on the
+end."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Bunny, slowly. "We could make believe this lion had his
+tail bit off by an elephant."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes," said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Or else maybe I could tie a cloth tail on Ned's dog," went on Bunny.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"And lions have manes, too. That's a lot of hair on their neck, like a
+horse," went on Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we could take some carpenter shavings and tie them on Ned's dog's
+neck," said Bunny. "We could make believe that was the lion's mane."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," agreed Sue, "we could do that. Oh, I think a circus is nice,
+Bunny. But what else can we have besides the wild animals?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I can make a trapeze from the clothes-line and a broom handle. I
+could hang by my feet from the trapeze."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Wouldn't you be afraid?"</p>
+
+<p>"Pooh! No! Didn't I hang in the tree? And I was only a little scared
+then. I'll get on the trapeze all right."</p>
+
+<p>"And what can I do, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, you can ride a horse when Bunker Blue holds you on. We'll get
+mother to make you a blue dress out of mosquito netting, and you can
+have a ribbon in your hair, like a real circus lady."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny, do you s'pose mother will let us have the circus?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I guess so. We'll tell her about it, anyhow. But we'll have to get some
+other boys and girls to help us. And we'll have to make a cage to keep
+Splash in. He's going to be the wild tiger, you know."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, but I don't want Splash shut up in a cage!" cried Sue. "I sha'n't
+let you put my half of him in a cage! And I do own half of him, right
+down the middle; half his tail is mine, too. You can't put my half of
+him in any old cage!"</p>
+
+<p>Bunny did not know what to say. It was easy enough to put make-believe
+tiger stripes on one side, or on half a dog, but it was very hard to put
+half a dog in a cage, and leave the other half outside. Bunny did not
+see how it could be done.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it won't hurt Splash," said the little boy. "Come on, Sue. Please
+let me put your half with my half of Splash in a cage."</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir! Bunny Brown! I won't do it! You can't put my half of Splash in
+a cage. He won't like it."</p>
+
+<p>"But, Sue, it's only a make-believe cage, just as he's a make-believe
+tiger."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, if it's only a make-believe cage, then, I don't care. But you
+mustn't hurt him, and you can't put any paint stripes on my half."</p>
+
+<p>"No, I won't, Sue. Now let's go out to the barn and look to see where we
+can put up the trapezes and rings and things like that, and where I can
+hang by my feet and by my hands."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Are you going to do that?"</p>
+
+<p>"Sure!" cried the little boy, as though it was as easy as eating a piece
+of strawberry shortcake. "You just watch me, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I don't want to do that," said Sue. "I'm just going to be a
+pretty lady and ride a white horse."</p>
+
+<p>"But grandpa hasn't any white horses, Sue. They're brown."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I can sprinkle some talcum powder on a brown horse and make him
+white," said the little girl. "Can't I?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes!" cried Bunny. "That will be fine! But it will take an awful
+lot of talcum powder to make a big horse all white, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I'll just make him spotted white then. I've got some talcum
+powder of my <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>own, and it smells awful good. I guess a horse would like
+it; don't you, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"I guess so, Sue. But come out to the barn."</p>
+
+<p>Grandpa Brown had two barns on his farm. One was where the horses and
+cows were kept, and the other held wagons, carriages and machinery. It
+was in the horse-barn where the children went&mdash;the barn where there were
+big piles of sweet-smelling hay.</p>
+
+<p>"I can fall on the hay, 'stead of falling in a net, like the circus men
+do," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Anyhow, we haven't any circus net," suggested Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"No," agreed Bunny. "But the hay is just as bouncy. I'm going to jump in
+it!"</p>
+
+<p>He climbed up on the edge of the hay-mow, or place where the hay is
+kept, and jumped into the dried grass. For hay is just dried grass, you
+know.</p>
+
+<p>Down into the hay bounced Bunny, and Sue bounced after him. The children
+jumped up and down in the hay, laughing and shouting. Then they played
+around the barn, trying to pretend that they were already having the
+circus in it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it will be such fun!" cried Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Jolly!" cried Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's go and ask mother now," said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>The children started for the house. On the way they had to pass a little
+pond of water. On the edge of it stood a hen, clucking and making a
+great fuss. She would run toward the water and then come back again,
+without getting her feet wet.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, the poor old hen!" cried Sue. "What's the matter? Oh, see, Bunny!
+All her little chickens are in the water. Oh, Bunny! We must get them
+out for her. Oh, you poor old hen!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER IV</h2>
+
+<h3>A STRANGE BOY</h3>
+
+
+<p>Bunny Brown and his sister Sue stood on the shore of the little pond,
+looking at the old hen, who was fluttering up and down, very much
+excited, clucking and calling as loudly as she could.</p>
+
+<p>And, paddling up and down in the water in front of her, where the hen
+dared not go, for <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'chicken's'">chickens</ins> don't like to get wet you know, paddling up
+and down in front of the hen were some soft, fluffy little balls of
+downy feathers.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, her chickens will all be drowned!" cried Sue. "We must get them
+out, Bunny. Take off your shoes and stockings and wade in. I'll help you
+save the little chickens for the poor old hen."</p>
+
+<p>Sue sat down on the ground, and began to take off her shoes.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny began to laugh.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Why, what&mdash;what's the matter?" asked Sue, and she seemed rather
+surprised at Bunny's laughter. "Don't you want to save the little chicks
+for the hen?" Sue went on. "Maybe somebody threw them in the water, or
+maybe they fell in."</p>
+
+<p>"Those aren't little chickens, Sue!" exclaimed Bunny, still laughing.</p>
+
+<p>"Not chickens? They aren't? Then what are they?"</p>
+
+<p>"Little ducks! That's the reason they went into the water. They know how
+to swim when they're just hatched out of the eggs. They won't get
+drowned."</p>
+
+<p>Sue did not know what to say. She had never before seen any baby ducks,
+and, at first, they did look like newly hatched chickens. But as she
+watched them she saw they were swimming about, and, as one little baby
+duck waddled out on the shore, Sue could see the webbed feet, which were
+not at all like the claws of a chicken.</p>
+
+<p>"But Bunny&mdash;Bunny&mdash;if they're little ducks and it doesn't hurt them to
+go in the water, what makes the old hen so afraid?" Sue asked.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I guess she thinks they are chickens. She doesn't know they are
+ducks and can swim," said Bunny. "I guess that's it, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"Ha! Ha! Yes, that's it!" a voice exclaimed behind Bunny and Sue. They
+looked around to see their Grandpa Brown looking at them and laughing.</p>
+
+<p>"The old hen doesn't know what to make of her little family going in
+swimming," he went on. "You see, we put ducks' eggs under a hen to
+hatch, Bunny and Sue. A hen can hatch any kind of eggs."</p>
+
+<p>"Can a hen hatch ockstritches' eggs?" Sue wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, maybe not the eggs of an ostrich," answered Grandpa Brown. "I
+guess a hen could only cover one of those at a time. But a hen can hatch
+ducks' or turkeys' eggs as well as her own kind."</p>
+
+<p>"So as we don't always have a duck that wants to hatch out little ones,
+we put the ducks' eggs under a hen. And every time, as soon as the
+little ducks find water, after they are hatched, they go in for a swim,
+just as if they had a duck for a mother instead of a hen.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"And, of course, the mother hen thinks she has little chickens, for at
+first she can't tell the little ducks from chickens. And when they go
+into the water she thinks, just as you did, Sue, that they will be
+drowned. So she makes a great fuss. But she soon gets over it."</p>
+
+<p>"I guess she's over it now," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>Indeed, the old mother hen was not clucking so loudly now, nor was she
+rushing up and down on the shore of the pond with her wings all fluffed
+up. She seemed to know that the little family she had hatched out, even
+if they were not like any others she had taken care of, were all right,
+and very nice. And she seemed to think that for them to go in the water
+was all right, too.</p>
+
+<p>As for the little ducklings, they paddled about, and quacked and
+whistled (as baby ducks always do) and had a perfectly lovely time. The
+old mother hen stood on the bank and watched them.</p>
+
+<p>Pretty soon the ducks had had enough of swimming, and they came out on
+dry land, waddling from side to side in the funny way ducks do when they
+walk.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh! How glad the old hen is to see them safe on shore again!" cried
+Sue.</p>
+
+<p>And, indeed, the mother hen did seem glad to have her family with her
+once more. She clucked over them, and tried to hover them under her warm
+wings, thinking, maybe, that she would dry them after their bath.</p>
+
+<p>But ducks' feathers do not get wet in the water the way the feathers of
+chickens do, for ducks feathers have a sort of oil in them. So the
+little ducks did not need to get dry. They ran about in the sun,
+quacking in their baby voices, and the mother hen followed them about,
+clucking and scratching in the gravel to dig up things for them to eat.</p>
+
+<p>"They'll be all right now," said Grandpa Brown. "The next time the
+little ducks go into the water the old hen mother won't be at all
+frightened, for she will know it is all right. This always happens when
+we let a chicken hatch out ducks' eggs."</p>
+
+<p>"And I thought the little chickens were drowning!" laughed Sue, as she
+put on her shoes again.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, that's just what the mother hen <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>thought," said Grandpa Brown.
+"But what have you children been doing?"</p>
+
+<p>"Getting ready for a circus," answered Bunny Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"A circus!" exclaimed grandpa, in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," explained Sue. "Bunny is going to get a trapeze, and fall down in
+the hay, where it doesn't hurt. And he's going to paint his half of our
+dog Splash, so Splash will look like a tiger, and we're going to have a
+horse, and Bunker Blue is going to hold me on so I can ride
+and&mdash;and&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>But that was all Sue could think of just then.</p>
+
+<p>Grandpa Brown looked surprised and, taking off his straw hat, scratched
+his head, as he always did when thinking.</p>
+
+<p>"Going to have a circus; eh? Well, where abouts?"</p>
+
+<p>"In your barn," said Bunny. "That is, if you'll let us."</p>
+
+<p>Grandpa Brown thought for a little while.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," he said slowly, "I guess I don't mind. I s'pose it's only a
+make-believe circus; isn't it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered Bunny. "Just pretend."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, go ahead. Have all the fun you like, but don't get hurt. Are
+you two going to be the whole circus?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no!" exclaimed Bunny. "We're going to have Tom White and Ned
+Johnson&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"And Nellie Bruce and Sallie Smith," added Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"All the children around here; eh?" asked grandpa. "Well, have a good
+time. I used to have a trained dog once. He would do finely for your
+circus."</p>
+
+<p>"What could he do?" Bunny wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, he could pretend to say his prayers, make believe he was dead, he
+could turn somersaults and climb a ladder."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, if we only had him for our circus!" cried Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Where is that dog now, Grandpa?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, he died a good many years ago. But I guess you can get your dog
+Splash to do some tricks. Have a good time, but don't get into
+mischief."</p>
+
+<p>"We won't!" promised Bunny Brown and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>his sister Sue. And they really
+meant what they said. But you just wait and see what happens.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of that day Bunny and Sue talked about the circus they were
+going to have. Grandma Brown, as well as father and Mother Brown, said
+she did not mind if a circus was held in the barn, but she wanted Bunny
+to be careful about going on the trapeze.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, if I fall I'll fall in the hay," said the little fellow with a
+laugh.</p>
+
+<p>"And what are you going to use to put stripes on your half of Splash?"
+asked his mother.</p>
+
+<p>"Paint, I guess," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no. Paint would spoil Splash's nice, fluffy hair. I'll mix you up
+some starch and water, with a little bluing in, that will easily wash
+off," promised Mother Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"Blue stripes!" cried Bunny. "A tiger doesn't have blue stripes, and my
+half of Splash is going to be a tiger."</p>
+
+<p>"You can pretend he is a new sort of tiger," said Grandma Brown, and
+Bunny was satisfied with that.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>That afternoon Bunny and Sue went to the homes of the neighboring
+children to tell them about the circus. Nearly all the children said
+they would come, and take part in the show in the barn.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, we'll have a fine circus!" cried Bunny Brown that night when they
+were all sitting on the porch to cool off, for it was quite hot.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I guess we'll all have to come and see you act," said Daddy Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"Hark! What's that?" suddenly asked Grandma Brown. They all listened,
+and heard some one knocking at the back door.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll go and look," said grandpa. "Maybe it's a tramp. There have been
+some around lately."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue thought of the tramps who had taken the big
+cocoanut-custard cake, about which I told you in the book before this
+one. Perhaps those tramps had gotten out of jail and had come to get
+more cake. Bunny and Sue sat close to mother and father while grandpa
+went around the corner of the house to see who was knocking at the back
+door.</p>
+
+<p>They all heard grandpa speaking to some <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>one. And the answers came in a
+boy's voice.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you want?" asked grandpa.</p>
+
+<p>"If&mdash;if you please," said the strange boy's voice, "I&mdash;I'm very hungry.
+I haven't had any dinner or supper. I'm willing to do any work you want,
+for something to eat. I&mdash;I&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>And then it sounded as though the strange boy were crying.</p>
+
+<p>"That isn't a tramp!" exclaimed Grandma Brown, getting up. "It's just a
+hungry boy. I'm going to feed him."</p>
+
+<p>They all followed Grandma Brown around to the back stoop. There was a
+light in the kitchen, and by it Bunny and Sue could see a boy, not quite
+as big as Bunker Blue, standing beside grandpa. The boy had on clothes
+that were dusty, and somewhat torn. But the boy's face and hands were
+clean, and he had bright eyes that, just now, seemed filled with tears.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?" asked Grandma Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a hungry boy, Mother. A strange, hungry boy!" said grandpa. "I
+guess we'll have to feed him, and then we'll have him tell us his
+story."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER V</h2>
+
+<h3>SOMETHING QUEER</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Come right in and sit down!" was Grandma Brown's invitation. And she
+said it in such a kind, pleasant voice that the strange boy looked
+around as though she were speaking to some one who had come up behind
+him, that he could not see.</p>
+
+<p>"Come right in, and get something to eat," went on the children's
+grandmother.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you&mdash;do you mean <i>me</i>?" asked the strange boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, yes. Who else do you s'pose she meant?" asked Grandpa Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I didn't know, sir. You see I&mdash;I'm not used to being invited into
+places that way. I thought maybe you didn't mean it."</p>
+
+<p>"Mean it? Of course I mean it!" said Grandma Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"You're hungry; aren't you?" asked Grandpa Brown.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Hungry. Oh, sir&mdash;I&mdash;I haven't had anything since breakfast, and then it
+was only a green apple and some berries I picked."</p>
+
+<p>"Land sakes!" cried Grandma Brown. "Why didn't you go up to the first
+house you came to and ask for a meal?"</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I didn't like to, ma'am. I thought maybe they'd set the dog on me,
+thinking I was a tramp."</p>
+
+<p>By this time Splash, the big pet dog, had come around the path. The
+strange boy looked around as though getting ready to run.</p>
+
+<p>"He won't hurt you," said Bunny quickly. "Splash is a good dog."</p>
+
+<p>Splash went up to the strange boy, rubbed his cold, wet nose on the
+boy's legs, and then Splash began to wag his tail.</p>
+
+<p>"See, he likes you," said Sue. "He's going to be in our show; Splash is.
+He's going to be half a blue-striped tiger when we have our circus."</p>
+
+<p>"Circus!" cried the strange boy. "Is&mdash;is there a circus around here?"
+and he seemed much surprised, even frightened, Bunny thought afterward.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"No, there isn't any circus," said Grandpa Brown. "It's only a
+make-believe one the children are getting up. But we musn't keep you
+standing here talking when you're half starved. Get him something to
+eat, Mother. The idea of being afraid to go to a house and ask for
+something!" said Grandpa Brown, in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>"That shows he isn't a regular tramp; doesn't it?" asked Mother Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"I should say so&mdash;yes," answered grandpa. "But there is something queer
+about that boy."</p>
+
+<p>By this time Grandmother Brown had gone into the kitchen. She told the
+strange boy to follow her, and soon she had set out in front of him some
+bread and butter, a plate of cold meat and a big bowl of cool, rich,
+creamy milk.</p>
+
+<p>"Now you just eat all you want," said Grandma Brown, kindly.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue had come out into the kitchen, and they now stood staring
+at the strange boy. He had a pleasant face, though, just now, it looked
+pale, and all pinched up from hunger, like a rubber ball that hasn't any
+air in it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The boy looked around the kitchen, as though he did not know just what
+to do. In his hand he held a ragged cap he had taken off his head when
+he came in.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you want something?" asked Grandma Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I was looking for a place to hang my hat. And then I'd like to wash.
+I'm all dust and dirt."</p>
+
+<p>Grandma Brown smiled. She was pleased&mdash;Bunny and Sue could see that&mdash;for
+Grandma Brown liked clean and neat boys and girls who hung up their hats
+and bonnets, and washed their faces and hands, without being told to do
+so.</p>
+
+<p>"Hang your cap over on that nail," said Grandpa Brown, pointing to one
+behind the stove. "And you can wash at the sink to-night. Now you two
+tots had better go to bed!" grandpa went on, as he saw Bunny and Sue
+standing with their backs against the wall, watching the strange boy.</p>
+
+<p>"We&mdash;we want to stay and see him eat," objected Sue.</p>
+
+<p>The boy smiled, and Mrs. Brown laughed.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"This isn't a circus, where you watch the animals eat," she said. "You
+come along with me, and, when this young man has finished his supper,
+you can see him again."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, but&mdash;if you please&mdash;you're very good. But after I eat this nice
+meal I'll&mdash;I'll be going on," said the boy.</p>
+
+<p>"No you'll not!" said Grandpa Brown. "You'll just stay here all night.
+We can put you up. I think it's going to storm. You don't want to be out
+in the rain?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, that's very good of you," the boy said, "But I don't want to be a
+trouble to you."</p>
+
+<p>"It won't be any trouble," Grandpa Brown said. Then he went out of the
+kitchen with Mother Brown, Bunny and Sue, leaving Grandma Brown to wait
+on the strange boy. Splash stayed in the kitchen too. Perhaps the big
+dog was hungry himself.</p>
+
+<p>"That boy isn't a regular tramp," said Grandpa Brown. "But there is
+something queer about him. He seems afraid. I must have a talk with him
+after he eats."</p>
+
+<p>"He seems nice and neat," said Mother Brown.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, he's clean. I like him for that. Well, we'll soon find out what he
+has to tell me."</p>
+
+<p>But the boy did not seem to want to talk much about himself, when
+Grandpa Brown began asking questions, after the meal.</p>
+
+<p>"You have run away; haven't you?" Grandpa Brown asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes&mdash;yes, sir, I did run away."</p>
+
+<p>"From home?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, I haven't had any home, that I can remember. I didn't run away from
+home. I was working."</p>
+
+<p>"On a farm?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir. I didn't work on a farm."</p>
+
+<p>"Where was it then?"</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I'd rather not tell," the boy said, looking around him as though he
+thought some one might be after him.</p>
+
+<p>"Look here!" said Grandpa Brown. "You haven't been a bad boy; have you?"</p>
+
+<p>"No&mdash;no, sir. I've tried to be good. But the&mdash;the people I worked for
+made it hard for me. They wanted me to do things I couldn't, and they
+beat me and didn't give me enough to eat. So I just ran away. They <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>may
+come after me&mdash;that's why I don't want to tell you. If you don't know
+where I ran from, you won't know what to tell them if they come after
+me. But I'll go now."</p>
+
+<p>The boy got up from the table, as though to go out into the night. It
+was raining now.</p>
+
+<p>"No, I won't let you go," said Grandpa Brown. "And I won't give you up
+to the people who beat you. I'll look into this. You can stay here
+to-night. You can sleep in the room with Bunker Blue. He'll look after
+you. Now I hope you have been telling me the truth!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, sir. It's all true. I did work for&mdash;for some people, and they
+half starved me and made me work very hard. I just had to run away, and
+I hope they don't catch me and take me back."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I hope so, too," Grandpa Brown said. "I can't imagine what sort
+of work you did. You don't look very strong."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm not. But I didn't have to be so very strong."</p>
+
+<p>"Not strong enough to work on a farm, I guess."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I'm strong enough for that&mdash;yes, sir! Feel my muscle!" and the boy
+bent up his arm. Grandpa Brown put his hand on it.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, you have some muscle," he said. "Well, maybe you will be all
+right. Anyhow you'll be better off for a good night's sleep. I'll call
+Bunker and have him look after you."</p>
+
+<p>The strange boy, who said his name was Ben Hall, went up stairs with
+Bunker Blue to go to bed. Bunny and Sue were also taken off to their
+little beds.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what do you think of the new boy?" Bunny heard his father ask of
+Grandpa Brown, just before the lights were put out for the night.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I think there's something queer about him," Grandpa Brown said.
+"I'd like to know where he was working before he came here. But I'll ask
+him again to-morrow. He seems like a nice, clean boy. But he certainly
+is queer!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VI</h2>
+
+<h3>BEN HALL HELPS</h3>
+
+
+<p>Early the next morning Bunny and Sue jumped out of bed, and ran down
+stairs in their bath robes. Out into the kitchen they hurried, where
+they could hear their grandmother singing.</p>
+
+<p>"Where is he?" asked Bunny, eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"Did he have his breakfast?" Sue wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"Who?" asked Grandma Brown. "What are you children talking about? And
+why aren't you dressed?"</p>
+
+<p>"We just got up," Bunny explained, "and we came down stairs right away.
+Where is Ben Hall?"</p>
+
+<p>"Did he go away?" asked Sue, and she looked all around the kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>"Bless your hearts!" exclaimed Grandma Brown. "You mean the strange,
+hungry boy, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>who came last night? Oh, he's up long ago!"</p>
+
+<p>"Did he go away?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope he didn't," cried Bunny. "I like him, and I hope he'll stay here
+and play with us. He could help us with the circus."</p>
+
+<p>"Did he go away?" asked Sue again, anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no," Grandma Brown answered. "He went out to help Bunker Blue feed
+the chickens and the cows and horses. He is very willing to work, Ben
+is."</p>
+
+<p>"Is grandpa going to keep him?" Bunny asked.</p>
+
+<p>"For a while, yes," said his grandmother. "The poor boy has no home, and
+no place to go. Where he ran away from he won't tell, but he seems badly
+frightened. So we are going to take care of him for a little while, and
+he is going to help around the farm. There are many errands and chores
+to do, and a good boy is always useful."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm glad he's going to stay," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"So'm I," added Sue. "Maybe he can make boats, Bunny, and a water wheel
+that we can fix to turn around at a waterfall."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Maybe," agreed Bunny. "Where is Ben, Grandma?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, now he's out in the barn, somewhere, I expect. But you two tots
+must get dressed and have your breakfast. Then you can go out and play."</p>
+
+<p>"We'll find Ben," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," agreed Sue. "We'll have two boys to play with now&mdash;Ben and Bunker
+Blue."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, you two children mustn't expect the big boys to play with you all
+the while," said Grandma Brown. "They have to work."</p>
+
+<p>"But they can play with us sometimes; can't they, Grandma?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, sometimes."</p>
+
+<p>A little later the two children, having had their breakfast, ran to the
+barn, to look for Ben and Bunker. They found them leading the horses out
+to the big drinking trough in front. The trough was filled from a
+spring, back of the barn, the water running through a pipe.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunker, give me a ride on Major's back!" cried Sue, as she saw her
+father's red-haired helper leading the old brown horse.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Put me on his back, Bunker!"</p>
+
+<p>"All right, Sue! Come along. Whoa, there, Major!"</p>
+
+<p>Major stood still, for he was very gentle. Bunker lifted Sue up on the
+animal's broad back, and held her there while he led the horse to the
+drinking trough.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you want a ride, too?" asked Ben Hall of Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered the little boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Here you go then. We'll both ride this horse to water."</p>
+
+<p>Ben Hall did a strange thing. All at once he jumped up in the air, and
+before Bunny or Sue knew what he was doing the strange boy was sitting
+on the back of Prince, the other horse. He had jumped up as easily as a
+bouncing, rubber ball.</p>
+
+<p>"Now then, come over here, and I'll lift you up in front of me!" called
+Ben to Bunny, and soon the little fellow was sitting on the back of
+Prince, while Ben guided him to the drinking trough.</p>
+
+<p>"Say, that's a good way to get up on a horse's back, Ben!" called Bunker
+Blue, who <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>had seen what Ben had done. "Where did you learn that trick
+of jumping up?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I&mdash;I just sort of learned it&mdash;that's all. It's easy when you
+practise it."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I'm going to practise then," said Bunker. "I'd like to learn to
+jump on a horse's back the way you did."</p>
+
+<p>When the horses had had their water Bunker lifted Sue down from the back
+of Major.</p>
+
+<p>"But I want to ride back to the barn," the little girl said.</p>
+
+<p>"And in a minute so you shall," promised Bunker. "Only, just now, I want
+to see if I can jump up the way Ben did."</p>
+
+<p>Bunker tried it, but he nearly fell.</p>
+
+<p>"I can't do it," he said. "It looks easy, but it's hard. You must have
+had to practise a good while, Ben."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I did."</p>
+
+<p>"How long?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, about five years!"</p>
+
+<p>Bunker Blue whistled in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>"Five years!" he cried. "I'll never be able to do that. Let me see once
+more how you do it."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Ben lifted Bunny down, and once more the strange boy leaped with one
+jump upon the back of the horse.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, he does it just like the men in the circus!" exclaimed Sue. "Oh,
+Bunny, Ben will make a good jumper in our circus."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," agreed the little boy. "Do you think, Ben, you could show me how
+to get on a horse's back that way?" Bunny asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I'm afraid not&mdash;not such a little boy as you," answered Ben, as
+he lifted Bunny up on Prince's back once more for the ride to the barn.</p>
+
+<p>The horses were tied in their stalls again, after Bunny and Sue had been
+lifted from the backs of the animals. Then Bunny said:</p>
+
+<p>"You are going to stay here and help work on the farm, Ben. My
+grandmother said so. And, if you are, will you come out and look at the
+barn where we are going to have our circus? Maybe you and Bunker can
+help us put up the trapeze."</p>
+
+<p>"Not now, Bunny boy," said Bunker. "We have to go and pull weeds out of
+the garden. We'll look at the barn right after dinner."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>And this Ben and Bunker did. Bunny and Sue showed Ben the mow, and the
+pile of hay, into which the trapeze performers were to fall, instead of
+into nets.</p>
+
+<p>"So they won't get hurt," Bunny explained. "We haven't any nets,
+anyhow."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think we could have a circus here?" Sue wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I should think so," Ben answered, looking up toward the roof of
+the barn. "Yes, you could have a good make-believe circus here."</p>
+
+<p>"Will you help?" asked Bunny eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>Ben Hall laughed, and looked at Bunny and Sue in a queer sort of way.</p>
+
+<p>"What makes you think I can help you make a play-circus?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I guess you can, all right," spoke up Bunker Blue. "I guess you
+know more about a circus than you let us think. Don't you now?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, I've seen 'em," said Ben, slowly.</p>
+
+<p>"And the way you jumped on the horse&mdash;why, you must have been watching
+pretty hard to see just how to do that," Bunker went <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>on. "I've seen
+lots of circuses, but I can't jump up the way you can, Ben."</p>
+
+<p>"Then he can ride a horse in our circus," said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Can you hang on a trapeze?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, maybe," the new boy answered. "But you haven't any trapeze here,
+have you?"</p>
+
+<p>"We can make one, out of a broom stick and some clothes line," said
+Bunny. "I've got 'em all ready," and he showed where he had put, in a
+hole in the hay, the rope and stick.</p>
+
+<p>"Good! That's the idea!" exclaimed Ben Hall. "Now I'll just climb up to
+the roof beams, and fasten the rope of the trapeze."</p>
+
+<p>Up climbed Ben, and he was making fast the ropes, when, all at once
+Bunny, Sue and Bunker Blue, who were watching the strange boy, saw him
+suddenly slip off the beam on which he was standing.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, poor Ben!" sighed Sue. "He's going to get an awful hard bump, so he
+is!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VII</h2>
+
+<h3>BUNNY HAS A FALL</h3>
+
+
+<p>Down and down, from the big beam near the top of the barn, fell Ben
+Hall. And, as Bunny Brown and his sister Sue watched the new, strange
+boy, something queer happened.</p>
+
+<p>For, instead of falling straight down, head first or feet first as you
+would think any one ought to fall, Ben began turning over and over. Over
+and over he turned, first his feet and then his head and then his back
+being pointed toward the pile of hay on the bottom of the barn floor.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, look! look!" cried Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"What&mdash;what makes him do that?" asked Bunny Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess he wants to," answered Bunker Blue. Bunny and his sister
+thought they were going to be frightened when they saw Ben slip and
+fall. But when the children saw Bunker Blue laughing they smiled too.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It was queer to see Ben turning over and over in that funny way.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess he likes to do it," said Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>"Whoop-la!" yelled Ben as he came somersaulting down, for that is what
+he was doing; turning one somersault after another, over and over in the
+air as he fell.</p>
+
+<p>And then, in a few seconds, he landed safely on his feet in a soft pile
+of hay, so he wasn't hurt a bit.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh!" exclaimed Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh my!" cried Bunny Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"Say, that was fine!" shouted Bunker Blue. "How did you do it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I&mdash;I just did it," answered Ben, slowly, for he was a little out of
+breath. "I slipped, and when I found I was going to fall, I began to
+turn somersaults to make it easier coming down."</p>
+
+<p>"I should think it would be harder," said Bunny Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"Not when you know how," answered Ben, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"Where'd you learn how?" Bunker wanted to know.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, a man&mdash;a man showed me how," returned Ben. "But never mind about
+that now. I must fasten the rope to the beam, and then we'll fix the
+trapeze so Bunny can do some circus acts on it."</p>
+
+<p>"But not high up!" cried Sue. "You won't go on a high trapeze, will you,
+Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not very high," he answered. "But I would like to turn somersaults in
+the air like you, Ben. Will you show me how?"</p>
+
+<p>"Some day, when you get bigger. You're too small now."</p>
+
+<p>"I wouldn't want to turn somersaults," said Sue, shaking her head.</p>
+
+<p>"They aren't for girls, anyhow," flung forth Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>Bunker Blue looked at Ben sharply.</p>
+
+<p>"I think I can guess where you learned to turn those somersaults in the
+air," said the boat-boy. "It was in a&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Hush! Don't tell any one!" whispered Ben quickly. "I'll tell you all
+about it after a while. Now help me put up the trapeze."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny heard what Ben and Bunker said, but he did not think much about it
+then. The <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>little boy was looking up to see from what a height Ben had
+fallen, and Bunny was wondering what he would ever do if he tumbled down
+so far.</p>
+
+<p>Bunker and Ben climbed the ladder to the beam far above the hay pile,
+and soon they had fastened up the ropes of the trapeze. They pulled hard
+on them to make sure they were strong enough, so Bunny would not have a
+fall.</p>
+
+<p>Then the piece of broom handle was tied on the two lower ends of the
+ropes, and the trapeze was finished.</p>
+
+<p>"Now you can try it, Bunny," said Bunker, after he had swung on the
+trapeze for a few times to make sure it was safe.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny walked across the barn floor where some hay had been spread to
+make a sort of cushion.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll use hay, instead of a net as they do in a circus," Bunny said.</p>
+
+<p>"Anyhow we haven't got any net," put in Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"We can make believe the hay is a new kind," said her brother.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Bunny hung by his hands from the wooden bar of the trapeze, just as he
+had seen the men do in the circus. Then he began to swing slowly back
+and forth.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny!" cried Sue. "That's fine. Now turn yourself inside out, like
+the circus man did."</p>
+
+<p>"No, Bunny can't do that yet," said Ben. "He must first do easy things
+on the trapeze. Turning yourself inside out is too hard. Bunny is not
+strong enough for those tricks."</p>
+
+<p>To and fro swung Bunny, but soon his arms began to get tired.</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I want to get down!" he called. "Stop the swing&mdash;I mean the
+trapeze," for the trapeze was very much like a swing, as I have told
+you, only, instead of a board, it had only a stick to which the little
+boy was holding by his hands. "I want to get down," Bunny called. "Stop
+me, Bunker."</p>
+
+<p>"Let go and jump," advised Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I&mdash;I'm afraid," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"You won't get hurt!" exclaimed the older boy. "You must learn to jump
+from the trapeze into the soft hay. That's what they do <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>in a circus.
+Jump while you're swinging. You won't get hurt."</p>
+
+<p>"Are you sure, Ben?"</p>
+
+<p>"Sure. Give a jump now, and see what happens."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny wanted to do some of the things he had seen the circus men do, and
+one of them was jumping from the trapeze. The little boy looked down at
+the pile of hay below him. It seemed nice and soft, but it also looked
+to be a good distance off.</p>
+
+<p>"Come on, Bunny, jump!" called Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>"All right. Here I come!"</p>
+
+<p>Bunny let go of the trapeze bar. He shot through the air, and, for a
+second or two, he was afraid he was going to be hurt. But, the next
+thing he knew, he had landed feet first on a soft pile of hay and he
+wasn't hurt a bit!</p>
+
+<p>"Good!" cried Bunker Blue.</p>
+
+<p>"You did that well!" said Ben Hall.</p>
+
+<p>"Just like in a circus," added Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Did I do it good?" asked Bunny Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"You surely did. For the first time it was very good for such a small
+boy," answered Ben. "Now try again."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I like it!" Bunny cried. "I'm going to do it lots and lots of
+times, and then I'm going to turn somersaults."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, not right away," advised Ben. "Try the easy part for a while
+yet."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny swung on the trapeze some more, and dropped into the soft hay. He
+was not at all afraid now, and each time he did it he liked it more and
+more.</p>
+
+<p>Sue, also, wanted to try it, and so she hung by her little hands. But
+Bunker Blue put his strong arms under her so, in case she slipped, she
+would be caught. Sue did not swing on the trapeze, nor jump, as Bunny
+had done.</p>
+
+<p>Bunker and Ben put up more trapezes in the barn&mdash;big ones for
+themselves. Ben could swing and turn somersaults and drop off into the
+hay from away up near the roof of the barn. Bunker could not do quite as
+well as this, but, for all that, he was pretty good.</p>
+
+<p>"Will you two act in our circus?" asked Bunny of Bunker and Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, yes, I guess I will, if your grandfather lets me stay here on this
+nice farm," Ben answered.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, he'll let you stay," Bunny said. "I'll tell him we want you in our
+circus."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," laughed Ben. "Bunker and I will practise some trapeze acts
+for your show."</p>
+
+<p>For a little while longer Bunny and Sue played about in the barn. Bunny
+found an old strawberry crate, with a cover on.</p>
+
+<p>"This will make a wild animal cage," he said. "The slats are just like
+the bars of a cage, and the animal can look through."</p>
+
+<p>"What wild animal will you put in there?" asked Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I guess I'll put in Splash. He is going to be half a blue striped
+tiger."</p>
+
+<p>"No! No!" cried Sue. "That crate isn't big enough for Splash. You'll
+squash him all up. I'm not going to have my half of Splash all squashed
+up, Bunny Brown!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, then I'll get a bigger cage for Splash. We can get a little dog,
+and put him in here."</p>
+
+<p>Two or three days after this Bunny and Sue again went out to the barn to
+look at the circus trapezes, and play. Bunker Blue and Ben <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>were not
+with them this time, as the two older boys were weeding the garden for
+Grandpa Brown.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny swung on his little, low trapeze, and then, after he had jumped
+off into the hay as Ben had taught him, the little fellow began climbing
+the ladder to the beam on which was fastened the big and high trapeze.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Where you going?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Up here. I want to see how high it looks."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny Brown! You come right down, or I'll go and tell mamma! She
+said you weren't to climb up high."</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I'm not going very high, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny was half way up the ladder. And, just as he spoke to Sue, his foot
+slipped, and down he fell, in between two rounds of the ladder.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! oh!" cried Sue. "Oh, Bunny! You're going to fall!"</p>
+
+<p>But Bunny did not fall all the way. As he slipped, his hands caught hold
+of a round of the ladder, and there he clung, just as if he had hold of
+the bar of his swinging trapeze.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2>
+
+<h3>THE DOLL IN THE WELL</h3>
+
+
+<p>Bunny Brown hung there on the ladder, swinging to and fro. On the barn
+floor below him, stood his sister Sue, watching, and almost ready to
+cry, for Sue was afraid Bunny would fall.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Bunny!" she exclaimed. "Don't fall! Don't fall!"</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I can't help it," Bunny answered. "My fingers are slipping off!"</p>
+
+<p>And indeed they were. He could not hold to the big round stick of the
+ladder as well as he could to the smaller broom-handle stick of his
+trapeze.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny Brown looked down. And then he saw something that frightened him
+more than had Sue's cries.</p>
+
+<p>For, underneath him was the bare floor of the barn, with no soft hay on
+which to fall&mdash;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>on which to bounce up and down like a rubber ball.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Sue!" cried Bunny. "I'm going to fall, and&mdash;and&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>He did not finish what he started to say, but he wiggled his feet and
+legs, pointing them at the bare floor of the barn, over which he hung.</p>
+
+<p>But Sue saw and understood.</p>
+
+<p>"Wait a minute, Bunny!" she cried. "Don't fall yet! Wait a minute, and
+I'll throw some hay down there for you to fall on!"</p>
+
+<p>"All&mdash;all right!" answered Bunny. He did not want to talk much, for it
+took nearly all his breath and strength to hold on to the ladder. But he
+was glad Sue had thought of the hay. He was going to tell her to get it,
+but she guessed it herself.</p>
+
+<p>Putting her doll carefully in a corner, on a little wisp of hay, Sue ran
+to the edge of the mow, where there was a big pile of the dried grass,
+which the horses and cows eat.</p>
+
+<p>With both her chubby hands, Sue began to pull the hay out, and scatter
+it on the barn floor under Bunny. Her brother hung right <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>over her head
+now, clinging to the ladder.</p>
+
+<p>"Haven't you got 'most enough hay there now, Sue?" asked Bunny. "I&mdash;I
+can't hold on much longer."</p>
+
+<p>"Wait just a minute!" called Sue, as she ran back to the mow. This time
+she managed to gather up a lot of hay in her two arms. This she piled on
+the other, and she was only just in time.</p>
+
+<p>"Look out!" suddenly cried Bunny. "Here I come!"</p>
+
+<p>And down he did come. Plump! Right on the pile of hay Sue had made for
+him. And it was a good thing the hay was there, or Bunny might have hurt
+his legs by his tumble. He did not try to turn a somersault as Ben did,
+the time he fell. Bunny was glad enough just to fall down straight.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Bunny! Did you hurt yourself?" cried Sue, as she saw her
+brother sit down in the pile of hay.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny did not answer for a minute. He looked all around, as though he
+did not know exactly what had happened. Then he glanced up at the ladder
+to which he had clung.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That&mdash;that was a big fall," he said slowly. "I&mdash;I'm glad the hay was
+there, Sue. I'm glad you put it under me."</p>
+
+<p>"So'm I glad," declared Sue. "I guess you won't want to be in a circus,
+will you, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Sure I will. Men fall in circuses, only they fall in nets. But hay is
+better than a net, 'cept that it tickles you," and Bunny took from his
+neck some pieces of dried grass that made him wiggle, and "squiggle," as
+Sue called it.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello! What happened here?" asked a voice, and the children looked up
+to see, standing in the door of the barn, Grandpa Brown. "What
+happened?" asked the farmer. "Did you fall, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>I think he must have guessed that, from seeing the way Bunny was sitting
+on the little pile of hay.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I&mdash;I slipped off the ladder," said the little boy. "But I didn't
+get hurt."</p>
+
+<p>"'Cause I spread hay under him," said Sue. "I thought of it all by
+myself."</p>
+
+<p>"That was fine!" said Grandpa Brown. "But, after this, Bunny, don't you
+climb up on any ladders, or any other high places. If <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>you are going to
+use my barn for your circus, you must not get hurt."</p>
+
+<p>"We won't!" Bunny promised.</p>
+
+<p>"Then keep off ladders. Your little low trapeze is all right, for you
+will fall in the hay if you slip off that. But no more ladder-climbing!"</p>
+
+<p>"All right, Grandpa." Bunny got up. Sue picked up her doll, and Grandpa
+Brown put back the hay into the mow, for he did not like his barn floor
+covered with the dried grass, though, of course, he was very glad Sue
+had put some there for Bunny to fall on.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue went out of the barn, and walked around to the shady side.
+It was only a little while after breakfast, hardly time to go in and ask
+for something more to eat, which the children did every day about ten
+o'clock. At that hour Grandma Brown generally had some bread and jam, or
+jelly tarts, ready for them.</p>
+
+<p>"What can we do until jam-time?" asked Sue, of her brother.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," he answered. "It's pretty hot."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>There was nothing more they could do about the circus just then. Bunker
+and Ben were to make some more trapezes, put other things in the barn,
+and make the seats. Several other boys and girls had been asked to take
+part in the "show," but they were not yet sure that their mothers and
+fathers would let them.</p>
+
+<p>So, for a few days, Bunny and Sue could do no more about the circus.</p>
+
+<p>"But we ought to do <i>something</i>," said Bunny. "It's so hot&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>That gave Sue an idea.</p>
+
+<p>"We could go paddling in the brook, and get our feet cooled off," said
+Bunny's sister.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but we wouldn't be back here in time to get our bread and jam."</p>
+
+<p>"That's so," Sue agreed.</p>
+
+<p>It would never do to miss "jam-time."</p>
+
+<p>"My doll must be hot, too," Sue went on. "I wonder if we could give her
+a bath?"</p>
+
+<p>"How?" Bunny wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, down in the well," suddenly cried Sue. "We could tie a string
+around her, and let her down in the well water. That would <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>give her a
+bath. She's a rubber doll, and a bath won't hurt her. It will do her
+good."</p>
+
+<p>"We'll do it!" cried Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>The well was not far from the house. A little later, with a string he
+had taken from his kite, Bunny was helping Sue lower her rubber doll
+down the big hole, at the bottom of which was the cool water that was
+pulled up in a bucket.</p>
+
+<p>"Splash!" went the doll down in the well. By leaning over the edge of
+the wooden box that was built around the water-place, Bunny and Sue
+could see the rubber doll splashing up and down in the water far below
+them.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, she likes it! She likes it!" cried Sue, jumping up and down in
+delight. "Doesn't she just love it, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"I guess so," her brother answered. "But she can't talk and tell us so,
+of course."</p>
+
+<p>"Course not!" Sue exclaimed. "My dolls can't talk, 'ceptin' my
+phonograph one, and she says 'Mamma' and 'Papa,' only now she's broken,
+inside, and she can't do nothin' but make a buzzin' sound, but I like
+her just the same."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"But if a doll can't talk, how do you know when she likes anything?"
+asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I&mdash;I just know&mdash;that's all," Sue answered.</p>
+
+<p>"All right," agreed Bunny. "Now it's my turn to pull her up and down,
+Sue."</p>
+
+<p>There was a long string tied around the doll, and the two children were
+taking turns raising and lowering Sue's play-baby, so the rubber doll
+would splash up and down in the water.</p>
+
+<p>"All right. I'll let you do it once, and then it's my turn <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'agian'">again</ins>," Sue
+said. "I guess she's had enough bath now. I'll have to feed her."</p>
+
+<p>"And we'll get some bread and jam ourselves, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>Just how it happened neither Bunny nor Sue could tell afterward, but
+Bunny either did not get a good hold of the string, or else it slipped
+through his fingers.</p>
+
+<p>Anyhow, just as Sue was passing the cord to him, it slipped away, and
+down into the well went doll, string and all.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Bunny Brown!" cried Sue. "You've drowned my lovely doll! Oh,
+dear!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER IX</h2>
+
+<h3>THE STRIPED CALF</h3>
+
+
+<p>Bunny Brown was so surprised at seeing the rubber doll and string slip
+back with a splash into the well, that, for a moment, he did not know
+what to do or say. He just stood leaning over, and looking down, as
+though that would bring the doll back.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, dear!" sighed Sue again. "Oh, Bunny!"</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I didn't mean to!" pleaded Bunny sadly enough.</p>
+
+<p>"But I'll never get her back again!" went on Sue. "Oh, my lovely rubber
+doll!"</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe&mdash;maybe she can swim up!" said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"She&mdash;she can not!" Sue cried. "How can she swim up when there isn't any
+water 'cept away down there in the bottom of the well?"</p>
+
+<p>"If she was a circus doll she could climb up the bucket-rope, Sue."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but she isn't a circus doll. Oh, dear!"</p>
+
+<p>"And if I was a circus man, I could climb down the rope and get her!"
+Bunny went on.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, don't you dare do that!" Sue fairly screamed. "If you do you'll
+fall in and be drowned. Don't do it, Bunny!" and she clung to him with
+all her might.</p>
+
+<p>"I won't, Sue!" the little fellow promised. "But I can see your doll
+down there, Sue. She's floating on top of the water&mdash;swimming, maybe, so
+she isn't drowned.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I know what let's do!" Bunny cried, after another look down the
+well.</p>
+
+<p>"What?" Sue wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's go tell grandpa. He'll get your doll up with the long-handled
+rake."</p>
+
+<p>"With the rake?" cried Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. Don't you remember grandpa told us how once the bucket of the well
+got loose from the rope, and fell into the water. He fished the bucket
+up with the rake, tied to a long pole. He can do that to your doll."</p>
+
+<p>"But he might stick her with the teeth of the rake," said Sue. She knew
+the iron teeth of a rake were sharp, for once she had stepped <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>on a rake
+when Bunny had left it in the grass, after raking the lawn at home.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, maybe grandpa can tangle the rake in the string around the doll,
+and pull her up that way. It wouldn't hurt then."</p>
+
+<p>"No," agreed Sue. "That wouldn't hurt."</p>
+
+<p>"Then let's go tell grandpa," urged Bunny once more.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving the doll to swim in the well as best she could, the two children
+ran toward the house. They saw their grandpa coming from it, and at once
+they began to cry:</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Grandpa, she fell in!"</p>
+
+<p>"Come and get her out of the well!"</p>
+
+<p>"Bring the long-handled rake, Grandpa!"</p>
+
+<p>Grandpa was so surprised, at first, that he did nothing except stand
+still and look at the children. Then he managed to ask:</p>
+
+<p>"Who is it? What is it? What happened? Who fell down the well? Did Bunny
+fall in? Did Sue?"</p>
+
+<p>Then as he saw the two children themselves standing and looking at him,
+Grandpa Brown knew nothing had happened to either of them.</p>
+
+<p>"But who is in the well?" he asked.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"My rubber doll," answered Sue. "Bunny let the string slip when we gave
+her a bath."</p>
+
+<p>"But I didn't mean to," Bunny said. "I couldn't help it. But you can get
+her out with the rake; can't you, Grandpa. Same as you did the bucket."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I guess maybe I can," Grandpa Brown answered. "I'll try anyhow.
+And, after this, you children must keep away from the well."</p>
+
+<p>"We will," promised Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>The well bucket often came loose from the rope, and grandpa had several
+times fished it up with the rake, which he tied to a long clothes-line
+pole. In a few minutes he was ready to go to the well, with Bunny and
+Sue. Grandpa Brown carried the rake, and, reaching the well, he looked
+down in it.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't see your doll, Sue," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, then she's drowned! Oh, dear!"</p>
+
+<p>"But I see a string," went on Grandpa Brown. "Perhaps the string is
+still fast to the doll. I'll wind the string around the end of the rake,
+and pull it up. Maybe then I'll pull up the doll too."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>And that is just what grandpa did. Up and up he lifted the long-handled
+rake. Around the teeth was tangled the end of the string. Carefully,
+very carefully, Grandpa Brown took hold of the string and pulled.</p>
+
+<p>"Is she coming up, Grandpa?" asked Sue anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"I think she is," said grandpa slowly. "There is something on the end of
+the string, anyhow. But maybe it's a fish."</p>
+
+<p>Grandpa smiled, and then the children knew he was making fun.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, dear!" said Sue. "I hope my doll hasn't turned into a goldfish."</p>
+
+<p>But nothing like that had happened. Up came the rubber doll, safely, on
+the end of the string. Water ran from the round hole in the doll's
+back&mdash;the hole that was a sort of whistle, which made a funny noise when
+Sue squeezed her doll, as she did when "loving" her.</p>
+
+<p>"There you are! Your doll's all right," said Grandpa Brown. "Now you
+children must not come near the well again. When you want to give your
+doll a bath, Sue, dangle her in the brook, where it isn't deep. And if
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>you put a cork in the hole in her back, she won't get full of water and
+sink."</p>
+
+<p>"That's so," said Bunny Brown. "The water leaked in through that hole.
+We'll stop it up next time, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no!" Sue cried. "That hole is where she breathes. But I'll only
+wash her in a basin after this, so she can't get drowned."</p>
+
+<p>It was now time for bread and jam, and Sue and Bunny were soon eating it
+on the shady back porch. Mother Brown told them, just as their grandpa
+had done, to keep away from the well, and they said they would.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue then went wading in the brook until dinner time. And then
+they had a little sleep in the hammocks in the shade, under the apple
+tree.</p>
+
+<p>"What shall we do now, Bunny!" asked Sue when she awoke from her little
+nap, and saw her brother looking over at her from his hammock. Sue
+always wanted to be doing something, and so did Bunny. "What can we do?"
+asked the little brown-eyed girl.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's go out to the barn again," said Bunny. "Maybe Bunker Blue, or
+Ben, is out <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>there now, making some more circus things."</p>
+
+<p>But when Bunny and Sue reached the place where they were going to have
+their show in a few weeks, they saw neither of the big boys. They did
+see something that interested them, though.</p>
+
+<p>This was the hired man who, with a big pot of green paint, was painting
+the wheelbarrow.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello, Henry!" exclaimed Bunny to the man, who was working in the shade
+at one side of the barn.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello, Bunny!" answered Henry. "How are you this afternoon?"</p>
+
+<p>"Good. How is yourself?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, fine."</p>
+
+<p>Henry went on putting green paint on the wheelbarrow. Then Bunny said:</p>
+
+<p>"I couldn't do that; could I, Henry? I mean you wouldn't let me paint;
+would you?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, Bunny. I'm afraid not. You'd get it all over your clothes. I
+couldn't let you."</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I thought you couldn't," returned Bunny with a sigh. "But I just
+asked, you know, Henry."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said the hired man with a smile. "I <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>know. But you'd better go
+off and play somewhere else."</p>
+
+<p>It was more fun, though, for Bunny Brown and his sister Sue to watch
+Henry paint, and they stood there for some time. Finally the hired man
+stopped painting.</p>
+
+<p>"Guess I'll go and get a drink of water," he said, putting the brush in
+the pot of green paint. "Now don't touch the wheelbarrow."</p>
+
+<p>"We won't!" promised Bunny and Sue.</p>
+
+<p>Just then, inside the barn, there sounded a loud:</p>
+
+<p>"Baa-a-a-a-a!"</p>
+
+<p>"What's that, Bunny?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"One of the new little calves. Want to see them?"</p>
+
+<p>Of course Sue did, and soon she and Bunny were petting one of the
+calves. They were in little pens, by themselves, near the mother cows,
+and the children could reach over the sides of the pens, inside the
+barn, and pat the little animals.</p>
+
+<p>All at once Bunny cried:</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Sue. I know what we can do!"</p>
+
+<p>"What?" she asked.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"We can stripe a calf green, with the green paint, and we'll have a
+zebra for our circus."</p>
+
+<p>"What's a zebra?" Sue wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a striped horse. They have 'em in all circuses. We'll make one for
+ours."</p>
+
+<p>"Does zebras have green stripes, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know. But green paint is all we have, so we'll use that. A
+green striped zebra would be pretty, I think."</p>
+
+<p>"So do I, Bunny. But Henry told us not to touch the paint."</p>
+
+<p>"No, he didn't, Sue. He only told us to keep away from the wheelbarrow,
+and I am. I won't go near it. But we'll get the pot of paint, and stripe
+the calf green."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," agreed Sue. "I'll hold the paint-pot, and you can dip your
+brush in."</p>
+
+<p>Not meaning to do anything wrong, of course, Bunny and Sue hurried to
+get the pot of paint. Henry had not come back. Leaning over the edge of
+the calf's pen, Bunny dipped the brush in the paint, and began striping
+the baby cow.</p>
+
+<p>"Baa-a-a-a-a!" went the little animal, and the old cow went: "Moo!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER X</h2>
+
+<h3>THE OLD ROOSTER</h3>
+
+
+<p>Again and again Bunny Brown dipped the brush in the green paint the
+hired man had left, and stripe after stripe did the little fellow put on
+the calf.</p>
+
+<p>"She'll be a regular circus zebra when I'm done," said Bunny Brown to
+his sister Sue. Both children laughed in glee.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you going to paint both sides of the calf, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"I am if I can reach. Maybe I can't. Anyhow, a zebra ought to be painted
+on both sides. Not like we're going to do our dog Splash; only on one
+side, to make a pretend blue-striped tiger of him."</p>
+
+<p>Sue seemed to be thinking of something.</p>
+
+<p>"Doesn't he look nice?" asked Bunny of his sister. "Isn't he going to be
+a fine zebra?"</p>
+
+<p>He stood back from the box-stall where the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>calf was kept, so Sue could
+see how the little animal looked.</p>
+
+<p>"Doesn't he look pretty, Sue? Just like a circus zebra, only of course
+they're not green. But isn't he nice?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Sue, "he is pretty."</p>
+
+<p>The calf, after jumping around some when Bunny first put the paint on,
+was now standing very still, as though he liked it. Of course the calf
+did not know that the paint would not wear off for a long time. Then,
+too, the cow mother had put her head over from the next stall, where she
+was tied, and she was rubbing her big red tongue on the calf's head. The
+calf liked its cow mother to rub it this way, and maybe that is why the
+little calf stood still.</p>
+
+<p>"It's going to look real nice, Bunny," said Sue, as she looked at the
+green stripes Bunny had put on. "I&mdash;I guess I'll let you put blue
+stripes on my half of Splash, too. Then he'll look all over like a
+tiger; won't he, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Sure. I'm glad you'll let me, Sue. 'Cause a dog, only half striped,
+would look funny. Now I'll see if I can put some stripes on the other
+side of the calf."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Bunny tried to reach the side of the little animal he had not yet
+painted, but he could not do it from where he stood.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm going over in the stall with it," Bunny said. "You hand me the pail
+of paint when I get there, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Are you going right in with the calf?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>"He&mdash;he'll bite you!"</p>
+
+<p>"No, he won't. Calves haven't any teeth. They only eat milk, and they
+don't have to chew that. They don't get teeth until they're big.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm not afraid," said Bunny Brown, as he climbed over into the calf's
+pen. Sue stood as near as she could, so Bunny could dip his brush in the
+green paint. Bunny was careful not to get any on his own suit, or on
+Sue's dress. That is he was as careful as any small boy could be. But,
+even then, he did splash some of the paint on himself and on Sue. But
+the children did not think of this at the time. They were so busy having
+fun, turning a calf into a circus zebra.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter"><img src="./images/090.jpg" alt="THEY WERE BUSY TURNING A CALF INTO A CIRCUS ZEBRA." title="THEY WERE BUSY TURNING A CALF INTO A CIRCUS ZEBRA." /></div>
+
+<div class='center'>THEY WERE BUSY TURNING A CALF INTO A CIRCUS ZEBRA.<br />
+
+<i>Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue Playing Circus.</i> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; (<i>P.</i> <a href='#Page_84'>84</a>).</div>
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Bunny had put a number of green stripes on one side of the calf, and now
+he was ready to put some on the other. But the calf did not stand as
+still with Bunny inside the stall with her, as when he had been outside.
+The calf seemed frightened.</p>
+
+<p>"Baa-a-a-a-a!" it cried. "Baa-a-a-a-a! Baa-a-a-a-a!"</p>
+
+<p>And the old mother cow cried:</p>
+
+<p>"Moo! Moo! Moo!"</p>
+
+<p>She did not like to see Bunny so close to her baby calf, I guess. But
+the old cow did not try to hook Bunny with her horns. She only looked at
+him with her big, brown eyes, and tried to reach her tongue over and
+"kiss" the calf, as Sue called it.</p>
+
+<p>"Stand still!" Bunny said to the calf, but the little animal did not
+want to. Perhaps it thought it had had enough of the green paint. It
+moved about, from one side of the box to the other, and Bunny had hard
+work to put on any more stripes.</p>
+
+<p>"Isn't that enough?" asked Sue, after a bit. "It looks real nice Bunny.
+You had better save some green paint for the other calf."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but I'm only going to stripe one," answered Bunny. "It's too hard.
+One zebra is enough for our circus. We'll make the other calf into a
+lion. A lion doesn't have any stripes."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," agreed Sue. "Then come on out, Bunny, 'cause I'm tired of
+holding this paint for you."</p>
+
+<p>"In a minute, Sue. I'll be right out. I just want to put some stripes on
+the calf's legs. They have to be striped same as the sides and back."</p>
+
+<p>And that was where Bunny Brown made one of his mistakes. He should have
+let the calf's legs alone. For, no sooner did the little animal feel the
+tickling of the paint brush on its legs than it gave a loud cry, and
+began to kick.</p>
+
+<p>Out with its hind legs it kicked, and, as Bunny happened to be stooping
+down, just then, near the calf's feet, the little boy was kicked over.
+Right over he went, spilling some of the paint on himself, but the most
+of it, I am glad to say, went on the straw in the calf's box-stall.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny!" cried Sue. "Oh, Bunny Brown!"</p>
+
+<p>Her brother did not answer. He had fallen down on his face, and his
+mouth was full of straw. And when he did get up he saw that the calf had
+kicked open the gate of its stall, and was running around the barnyard,
+all green striped and spotted.</p>
+
+<p>"Moo! Moo!" cried the mother cow, when she saw her little one break out.
+Then the old cow pushed very hard on the gate that shut her in. Open
+went the gate, and out ran the cow to be with her little calf.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Look!" cried Sue. "Our circus zebra-cow will run away!"</p>
+
+<p>Bunny jumped to his feet, and, leaving the overturned pot of paint
+behind him, out he ran into the barnyard.</p>
+
+<p>"Whoa! Whoa there, bossy-calf!" he cried.</p>
+
+<p>"You don't say whoa to cows, you say that to horses!" called Sue to her
+brother.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you say to cows?" Bunny wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"You call 'Co boss! Co boss! Co boss'!" answered Sue. "I know 'cause I
+heard grand<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>ma call them to be milked. Call 'Co boss!' Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>The little boy did, but there was no need to, for the little calf, once
+it found that the mother cow was with it, did not run any farther. The
+mother cow put out her red tongue and "kissed" her little calf some
+more. She did not seem to mind the green paint, though perhaps if she
+had gotten some in her mouth she might not have liked it.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, anyhow," said Bunny Brown, "we have a striped zebra for our
+circus. And when I get some blue paint I'll paint our dog Splash, and
+make a tiger of him, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"Did the calf-zebra hurt you when she kicked you over, Bunny?" Sue
+wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"No, hardly any. Her feet are soft, and I fell on the straw. But all the
+paint is spilled."</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe there's a little left so Henry can finish the wheelbarrow,"
+suggested Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll go and look," offered Bunny. But he did not get the chance. For
+just then Henry came into the barnyard.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you seen my pot of green paint," he asked. "I left it&mdash;"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Then he saw the green striped calf. At first he laughed and then he
+said:</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, this is too bad! That's one of your grandpa's best calves, and he
+won't like it a bit, painting him that way."</p>
+
+<p>"He's a zebra," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"No matter what he is," and Henry shook his head, "it's too bad. I
+shouldn't have left the paint where you could get it. I'll have to tell
+Mr. Brown."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue felt bad at this. They had not thought they were doing
+anything wrong, but now it seemed that they were.</p>
+
+<p>"Will&mdash;will grandpa be very sorry?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, he'll be very sorry and angry," answered the hired man, "he'll not
+like it to see his calf all streaked with green paint."</p>
+
+<p>But Grandpa Brown was not as angry at Bunny and Sue as he might have
+been. Of course he said they had done wrong, and he felt bad. But no one
+could be angry for very long at Bunny Brown and his sister Sue. They
+were so jolly, never meaning to be bad. They just didn't think.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But of course you know that not thinking what you are doing often makes
+as much trouble as though you did a thing on purpose.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I guess I'll have to forgive you youngsters this time," said
+Grandpa Brown. "But don't paint any more of my farm animals without
+asking me. Now I'll see if we can get the green paint off the calf."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, can't you leave it on, Grandpa?" asked Bunny. "It was awful hard to
+make him striped like a zebra, and we want him in our circus to be one
+of the wild animals. Let the stripes stay on."</p>
+
+<p>And grandpa had to, whether he wanted to or not, for they would not come
+off. The hired man tried soap and water. But the calf would not stand
+still long enough to let him scrub her.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess we'll just have to let the green paint wear off," said Grandpa
+Brown. "But never do such a thing again, Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>"I won't," promised the little boy.</p>
+
+<p>The calf and the mother cow were put back in their stalls. Bunny and Sue
+were cleaned of the green paint that had splattered on them, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>and Henry
+found enough paint left in the can to finish the wheelbarrow.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we've got a start for our circus, anyhow," said Bunny to Sue a
+few days after he had painted the calf. The green stripes had dried now,
+and made the calf look very funny indeed. Some of the other cows and
+calves seemed frightened at the strange, striped one, but the mother cow
+was just as fond of her little one as before.</p>
+
+<p>"You'll need other animals besides a striped calf, and your dog Splash,
+in the circus," said Bunker Blue to Bunny one day.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I guess we will. I'll go and ask Sue about it."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny always liked to talk matters over with his sister. He found her on
+the side porch, making a doll's dress.</p>
+
+<p>"Sue," said Bunny, "we have to have more make-believe wild animals for
+our show."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes?" asked Sue. "What kind?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, maybe we ought to have a camel."</p>
+
+<p>"Camels is too hard to make," said Sue. "Their humps might fall off. Why
+don't you make a ockstritch, Bunny? An ockstritch <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span>what lays big eggs,
+and has tail feathers for ladies' hats. Make a ockstritch."</p>
+
+<p>"How?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>Sue thought for a minute. Just then the old big rooster strutted past
+the porch.</p>
+
+<p>"He would make a good ockstritch, Bunny," said Sue. "He has nice long
+tail feathers. Can you catch him?"</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe," hesitated Bunny. "Oh, I know what I'll do!" he exclaimed. "I'll
+get the clothes line for a lasso, and I'll pretend to be a Wild West
+cowboy. Then I can lasso the rooster and make an ostrich of him."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, fine!" cried Sue, clapping her hands. The rooster, who did not in
+the least guess what was going to happen to him, flapped his wings and
+crowed loudly.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XI</h2>
+
+<h3>PRACTICE FOR THE CIRCUS</h3>
+
+
+<p>Bunny Brown took a piece of clothes line that hung down from one of the
+posts. He was sure his grandma or his mother would not want this end, so
+he could take it.</p>
+
+<p>"Anyhow, it isn't wash-day," said Bunny to Sue, "and as soon as I lasso
+the rooster I can put the line back again. I can tie on what I cut off."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny had an old knife Bunker Blue had given him. It was a knife Bunker
+had used to open clams and oysters, and was not very sharp. That was the
+reason Bunker gave it to Bunny. Bunker did not want the little boy to
+cut himself. With this old knife Bunny cut off a bit of clothes line. He
+had to saw and saw back and forth with the dull blade of the knife
+before he could cut the line.</p>
+
+<p>But at last he had a long piece of rope.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Now I'll make a lasso just like the cowboys have in the Wild West,"
+said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny had once seen a show like that, so he knew something of what the
+cowboys did with their lassos, which are long ropes, with a loop in one
+end. They throw this loop around the head, or leg, of a cow or a horse,
+and catch it this way, so as not to hurt it.</p>
+
+<p>"Now see me catch the rooster, Sue!" called Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll help you," offered the little girl. "You stand here by the rose
+bush, I'll shoo the rooster up to you, then you can lasso him."</p>
+
+<p>"All right!" cried Bunny, swinging the piece of clothes line around his
+head as he had seen the cowboys do in the show.</p>
+
+<p>"Cock-a-doodle-do!" crowed the rooster, and then he made a funny
+gurgling noise, as he saw Sue running toward him. The old rooster was
+not used to children, as, except when Bunny Brown and his sister Sue
+came to their grandpa's farm, there were no little ones about the place.
+And when the old rooster saw Sue running toward him, he did not know
+what to make of the little girl.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Shoo! Shoo!" cried Sue, waving her hands. "Shoo! Scat!"</p>
+
+<p>"Cock-a-doodle-do!" crowed the rooster, and it sounded just as if he
+said, "I don't know what to do!"</p>
+
+<p>"Shoo! Shoo!" cried the little girl, and she tried to drive the rooster
+over toward Bunny, so he could lasso the big crowing bird.</p>
+
+<p>But the rooster was not going to be caught as easily as that. He ran to
+one side, around the rose bush and off toward the garden.</p>
+
+<p>"Get him, Bunny! Get him!" cried Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"I will!" shouted the little make-believe cowboy. After the rooster he
+ran, swinging his lasso. "Whoa there! Whoa!" called Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Shoo! Shoo!" exclaimed Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"No&mdash;no! Don't do that!" begged Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't do what?" Sue asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't shoo him that way. That makes him run. I want him to stand still
+so I can catch him."</p>
+
+<p>"But you said cowboys catched things when they were running, like this
+rooster is," objected Sue.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes," agreed Bunny, "but I haven't been a cowboy very long you see. I
+want the rooster to stand still so I can lasso him. So don't <i>shoo</i>
+him&mdash;just whoa him!"</p>
+
+<p>Then Bunny called:</p>
+
+<p>"Whoa! Whoa there!"</p>
+
+<p>"That's what you say to a horse&mdash;not to a rooster," said the little
+girl.</p>
+
+<p>"I know," Bunny answered. "But I guess this rooster knows horse talk,
+'cause there's horses around here. Whoa there!"</p>
+
+<p>But even if the rooster did understand horse talk, he was not going to
+stop and let Bunny lasso him. That was sure. On and on the rooster ran,
+crowing and cackling. The hens and other roosters heard the noise, and
+crowed and cackled too, wondering what it was all about.</p>
+
+<p>"Here he comes, Bunny! Here he comes!" cried Sue, as the big old
+rooster, having run toward a fence, until he could go no farther, had to
+turn around and run back again. "Get him, Bunny!"</p>
+
+<p>"I will!" cried the little boy. "I'll get him this time."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But the rooster was running very fast now, for he was very much scared.
+Back and forth he went, from one side to the other. He did come close to
+Bunny, but when the little boy threw his clothes line rope lasso it fell
+far away from the rooster.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, you missed him!" cried Sue, much disappointed.</p>
+
+<p>"But I'll get him next time," said Bunny, as he picked up his lasso and
+ran after the rooster.</p>
+
+<p>Back and forth around the garden, under the lilac and rose bushes, ran
+Bunny and Sue after the old rooster. The rooster was getting tired now,
+and could not go so fast. Neither could Bunny nor Sue, and Bunny's arm
+was so tired, from having thrown his lasso so much, that he wanted to
+stop and rest. But still he wanted to catch the rooster.</p>
+
+<p>"Here he comes now&mdash;get him, Bunny!" cried Sue, as she went around one
+side of the currant bush, while Bunny came around the other side. The
+rooster was right between the two children, and as there was a fence on
+one side of him, and the bush on the other, it <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span>looked as if he would be
+caught this time.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, get him, Bunny!" Sue called. "Get him!"</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I will!" answered her brother. "I'll just grab him in my arms. I can
+put the lasso on him afterward."</p>
+
+<p>The rooster was running away from Sue who was right behind him, and the
+rooster was heading straight for Bunny. The little boy put out his arms
+to grab the big fowl, when the rooster, with a loud crow and cackle,
+flew up over Bunny's head, over the fence and into the meadow beyond.</p>
+
+<p>And Bunny was running so fast, and so was Sue, that, before they could
+stop themselves, down they both fell, in the soft grass. For a moment
+they sat there, looking at one another. Then Sue smiled. She was glad to
+sit down and rest, even if she had fallen. And so was Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we didn't get him," said Bunny slowly, as he looked at the
+rooster, now safe on the other side of the fence.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Sue. "But you can climb over the fence in the meadow."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I guess I don't want to," said the little fellow.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello! What's going on here? Who's been chasing my old rooster?" asked
+Grandpa Brown, coming up just then, and looking at the two children.</p>
+
+<p>"We&mdash;we were chasing him Grandpa," said Bunny, who always told the
+truth.</p>
+
+<p>"We was goin' to make a ockstritch of him," Sue explained. "A ockstritch
+for our circus in the barn."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, an ostrich!" laughed Grandpa Brown. "Well, I'd rather you wouldn't
+take my best big rooster. I have some smaller, and tamer ones, you may
+take for your circus."</p>
+
+<p>"Really?" asked Bunny. "And can we pretend they are ostriches?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, you can put them in wooden cages and make believe they are
+anything you like," said Grandpa Brown. "Only, of course, you must be
+kind to them."</p>
+
+<p>"Sure!" said Bunny Brown. "We won't hurt the roosters."</p>
+
+<p>"When are you going to have your show?" asked Grandpa Brown.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, next week," Bunny answered. "Some of the boys and girls are coming
+over to-day, and we're going to practise in the barn."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, be careful you don't get hurt," said their grandpa.</p>
+
+<p>"And can we have the green-striped calf for a zebra?" Bunny wanted to
+know.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I guess so; yes. The stripes haven't worn off him yet, and they
+won't for some time. So you might as well play with him."</p>
+
+<p>"We don't want to play with him," Bunny explained. "He&mdash;he jumps about
+too much. We just want to put him in a cage and make believe he is a
+wild animal."</p>
+
+<p>"Like a ockstritch," added Sue. The ostrich seemed to be her favorite.</p>
+
+<p>"An ostrich isn't an animal," carefully explained Bunny. "It's a big
+bird, and it hides its head in the sand, and they pull out its tail
+feathers for ladies' hats."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it's wild, anyhow," said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it's wild," admitted Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>Grandpa Brown showed the children two tame roosters, that would let
+Bunny and Sue stroke their glossy feathers.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"You may put them in a box, and make believe they are any sort of wild
+bird or animal you like," said the farmer.</p>
+
+<p>The children promised to be kind to the roosters. They did not put them
+in cages that day, as it was too soon.</p>
+
+<p>That afternoon Tom White, Nellie Bruce, Jimmie Kenny, Sallie Smith and
+Ned Johnson came over to see Bunny and Sue. They all went out to the
+barn, and there they got ready for the circus. Bunny and Sue, as well as
+the other children, were to be dressed up in funny clothes, which their
+mothers said they would make for them.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny was to do some "acts" on the trapeze, and fall down in the hay.
+Then he and Sue were to do part of a little Punch and Judy show they had
+once given, though Bunny, this time, had no big lobster claw to put on
+his nose.</p>
+
+<p>"All ready now!" called Bunny, when his friends were in the barn. "All
+ready to practise for the circus!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XII</h2>
+
+<h3>THE LITTLE CIRCUS</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Bunny! Bunny Brown! What am I going to be in the circus? I want to be a
+clown!"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I want to be a clown, too, and throw water over another clown,
+like I saw in a circus once!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, you're not going to throw any water on me!"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes I can if Bunny Brown says so! It's <i>his</i> circus!"</p>
+
+<p>Tom White, Jimmie Kenny and Ned Johnson were talking together in one
+corner of the barn. Ned wanted to be a clown, and throw water on some
+one else. Jimmie did not want to be the one to get wet, nor did Tom
+White.</p>
+
+<p>"Bunny, can't I be a clown?" asked Ned.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm going to be a wild animal trainer&mdash;make-believe!" exclaimed Sue,
+"and I'm go<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span>ing to be near the cage where the blue-striped tiger is. I'm
+going to make him roar."</p>
+
+<p>Sallie Smith looked a bit scared.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it's only make-believe," Sue explained.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I know," said Sallie. "But&mdash;Oh, dear! a blue-striped tiger!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it's only our big dog Splash," went on Sue. "First I was only going
+to let Bunny stripe his half of Splash. But a half a blue-striped tiger
+would look funny, so I said he could make my half of Splash striped too.
+It will wash off, for it's only bluing, like mother puts on the
+clothes."</p>
+
+<p>"And we're going to have a striped zebra, too," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, let's see it!" begged the three boys.</p>
+
+<p>"It's only one of grandpa's calves," cried Sue, "but it really has green
+stripes on it. Bunny put them on, and they're green paint, and they
+won't come off 'till they wear off, grandpa says, and the calf ran away,
+and kicked Bunny over and&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Sue, don't tell everything!" cried Bunny. "You'll spoil the show."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Let's see the striped calf!" begged the three boys.</p>
+
+<p>"No, we've got to practise for the circus," Bunny insisted. "Now I'll do
+my trapeze act," and he climbed up to the bar that hung by the long
+ropes from the beam in the barn.</p>
+
+<p>"I want to do a trapeze act, too!" cried Tom White.</p>
+
+<p>"Say, we can't all do the same thing!" Bunny said. "That isn't like a
+real circus. It's got to be different acts."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, say!" cried Ned Johnson. "I know what I can do! I can ride you in a
+wheelbarrow, Tom, and upset you. That will make 'em all laugh."</p>
+
+<p>"It won't make me laugh, if you upset me too hard!" declared Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll spread some hay on the floor, like the time I did when Bunny
+fell," said Sue. "Then you won't be hurt. It doesn't hurt to fall on
+hay; does it, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Nope."</p>
+
+<p>"All right. Ned can upset me out of the wheelbarrow if he does it on the
+hay," agreed Tom.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>So those two boys began to practise this part of the circus, while Bunny
+swung from the trapeze. Jimmie Kenny said he would climb up as high as
+he could and slide down a rope, like a sailor.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll have some hay under me, too, so if I slip I won't be hurt," he
+said.</p>
+
+<p>Indeed, if it had not been for the big piles of soft hay in grandpa's
+barn I don't know what the little circus performers would have done.</p>
+
+<p>While the boys were practising the things they were going to do, Sue and
+her little girl friends made up a little act of their own.</p>
+
+<p>Each one had a doll, and they practised a little song which they had
+sung in school. It was about putting the dollies to sleep in a cat's
+cradle, and a little mouse came in and awakened them, and then they went
+out to gather flowers for the honey bees.</p>
+
+<p>Just a simple little song, but Sue and her friends sung it very nicely.</p>
+
+<p>"And I know something else you can do, Sue, besides being a keeper of
+wild animals," said Bunny.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What?" asked his sister.</p>
+
+<p>"You can ride in the wheelbarrow and drive Ned and Tom for your
+horses&mdash;make-believe, you know."</p>
+
+<p>"But I don't want to be upset, even on the hay!" Sue said.</p>
+
+<p>"No, we won't upset you," promised Ned.</p>
+
+<p>Then they practised that little act with Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"When we give our real circus," said Bunny, "we can cover the
+wheelbarrow with flowers, and nobody will know what it is you're riding
+in, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"That will be nice!"</p>
+
+<p>As the days went on, Bunny and Sue found they would have to have more
+children in their little circus, so others were invited. One boy brought
+an old rocking horse, and another had one almost like it, so they gave a
+"pretend" horse race around the barn floor.</p>
+
+<p>Bunker Blue made a big sea-saw for the children, and every one who came
+to the show was to have a free ride on this.</p>
+
+<p>"We ought to have a merry-go-'round," said Bunny one day.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll make you one," offered Ben Hall, the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>strange boy, who was still
+working on grandpa's farm.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, will you! How?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>Ben took some planks and nailed them together, criss-cross, like an X.
+Then he put them on a box, and on the ends of the planks that stuck out
+he fastened some wagon wheels. When four children sat down on the
+planks, and some one pushed them, they went around and around as nicely
+as you please, getting a fine ride around the middle of the barn floor.</p>
+
+<p>"But we ought to have music," said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll play my mouth organ," offered Bunker Blue.</p>
+
+<p>At last the day of the little circus came. Bunny and Sue had decided
+that it was to be free, as they did not want pins, and none of the
+country children had any money to spend. So the circus was free to old
+folks and young folks alike.</p>
+
+<p>"You'll come; <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'wont'">won't</ins> you, Mother?" asked Bunny the morning of the circus.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, of course."</p>
+
+<p>"And will you, Daddy?" Sue wanted to know.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, little girl. I want to see you ride in your chariot, as you call
+it." For Bunny had named the wheelbarrow that was to be covered with
+flowers, a chariot, which is what they use to race with in a real
+circus.</p>
+
+<p>Splash had been most beautifully striped with blue, and, though he did
+not like being shut up in a box, with slats nailed in front to serve as
+iron bars, still the big dog knew it was all in fun, so he stayed
+quietly where Bunny put him.</p>
+
+<p>The striped calf was in another cage, and he was given a nice pail full
+of milk to keep him quiet, so he would not kick his way out. Calves like
+milk, you know.</p>
+
+<p>The two roosters, which Sue said were the wild "ockstritches," behaved
+very nicely, picking up the corn in their cage as though they had been
+in a circus many times before. Grandpa also let the children take the
+old turkey gobbler and put him in a box.</p>
+
+<p>"What shall we call him?" asked Sue, just before the show was about to
+begin.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, he'll be the elephant," said Bunny. "See, he's got something
+hanging down in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>front like an elephant's trunk. And we didn't get time
+to dress the pig up like an elephant."</p>
+
+<p>"But a elephant has four legs, Bunny, and the turkey has only two."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, well, we can pretend he was in a railroad wreck, and lost two of
+his legs. Circuses do get wrecked sometimes."</p>
+
+<p>"All right, Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>All the children who were to take part in Bunny's and Sue's show were in
+the barn, waiting for the curtain to be pulled back. For grandmother and
+Mother Brown had made a calico curtain for the children. Bunker Blue and
+Ben said they would stand, one on either side, to pull the curtain back
+when the show started.</p>
+
+<p>Bunker was going to play his mouth organ, while Ben said he would make
+what music he could by whistling and blowing on a piece of paper folded
+over a comb. You can make pretty good music that way, only, as Ben said,
+it tickles your lips, and you have to stop every once in a while.</p>
+
+<p>Many children from nearby farms came to the little circus in the barn,
+and some of their <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span>fathers and mothers also came. It was a fine day for
+the show.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you all ready, Bunny?" asked Bunker, who, with Ben, stood behind
+the curtain.</p>
+
+<p>"All ready," answered the little boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Here we go!" cried Bunker. Then he played on his mouth organ, Ben
+tooted on the comb and the curtain slid back on the wires by which it
+was stretched across the stage, or platform, in the barn.</p>
+
+<p>"Welcome to our show!" cried Bunny Brown, making a bow to the audience
+which was seated on boxes and boards out in front. "We will now begin!"
+he went on. "And after the show you are all invited to stay and see the
+wild animals. We have a blue-striped tiger, a wild zebra and an&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"An elephant, only he lost two legs in a accident," said Sue in a shrill
+whisper, fearing Bunny was going to forget about the turkey.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII</h2>
+
+<h3>THE WILD ANIMALS</h3>
+
+
+<p>Everyone laughed when Sue said that, and Sue herself blushed as red as
+the ribbon on her hair, and the sash her mother had pinned around her
+waist.</p>
+
+<p>"Does your elephant eat peanuts?" asked Daddy Brown, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"No, I don't guess so," answered Sue. "He likes corn better."</p>
+
+<p>"Now the show's going to begin!" cried Bunny Brown. "Get ready
+everybody. The first will be a grand trapeze act! Come on, boys! Play
+some music, please, Bunker!"</p>
+
+<p>Bunker played a new tune on his mouth organ. Then Bunny, Ned Johnson and
+Tom White got on the trapezes, for Bunny had decided that his one act,
+like this, was not enough. It would look more like a real circus with
+three performers.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Back and forth on the flying trapezes swung Bunny and his two friends.
+Of course such little fellows could not do many tricks, but they did
+very well, so all the grown folks said. They hung by their hands, and by
+their legs, and Ned Johnson, who was quite strong for his age, "turned
+himself inside out," as he called it, by pulling up his legs and putting
+them over his head, and under the trapeze bar.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly Bunny Brown gave a call.</p>
+
+<p>"All ready now for our big swing!"</p>
+
+<p>"I'm ready!" answered Tom.</p>
+
+<p>"So am I," added Ned.</p>
+
+<p>The three boys swung back and forth. All at once Bunny cried:</p>
+
+<p>"Let go!"</p>
+
+<p>Away they sailed through the air.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, they'll be hurt! They'll fall and be hurt!" cried Grandma Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"No, this is only part of the show," said Mother Brown.</p>
+
+<p>And so it was. For Bunny, Ned and Tom landed safely on a big pile of
+hay, having jumped into the mow when they let go of the trapeze bars.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"How was that?" cried Bunny, laughing while Bunker and Ben played the
+music.</p>
+
+<p>"Fine!" cried Daddy Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"It's almost as good a show as the one I paid real money to see,"
+laughed grandpa.</p>
+
+<p>"What's next?" asked Jimmie Kenny's mother, who had come with her
+neighbor, Mrs. Smith.</p>
+
+<p>"It's your turn now, Sue," whispered Bunny to his sister. "Do your act."</p>
+
+<p>So Sue, and her little girl chums, sang their doll song. It was very
+much liked, too, and the people clapped so that the little girls had to
+sing it over again.</p>
+
+<p>The curtain was now pulled across the stage while Ned and Tom got ready
+for one of the clown acts. They were dressed in queer, calico suits,
+almost like those worn by real clowns in a circus, and the boys had
+whitened their faces with chalk, and stuck on red rose leaves to make
+red dots.</p>
+
+<p>Ned came out in front, with Tom in a wheelbarrow, for they had decided
+this between themselves. Ned wheeled Tom about, at the same time singing
+a funny song, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>then, out from behind a barrel, rushed Jimmie Kenny.
+Jimmie had a pail, and he began crying:</p>
+
+<p>"Fire! Fire! Fire!"</p>
+
+<p>So loudly did he shout, and so much in earnest did he seem, that some of
+the farmers began to look about as though they were afraid Grandpa
+Brown's barn was on fire.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't worry! It's only in fun," said grandpa.</p>
+
+<p>Ned and Tom did not seem to know what to make of Jimmie's act. He was
+not supposed to come out when they did.</p>
+
+<p>"Now this is where I upset you, Tom," said Ned in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, as long as you turn me over on the soft hay I don't mind,"
+answered the other boy, for they had made this up between them.</p>
+
+<p>Over went the wheelbarrow, and Tom was spilled out.</p>
+
+<p>"Fire! Fire! Fire!" cried Jimmie again, and then dashed a pail of water
+over Tom and Ned.</p>
+
+<p>"Waugh! Ouch! Stop that!" spluttered Ned. "Stop it!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That&mdash;that wasn't in the show!" stammered Tom, for some of the water
+went in his mouth.</p>
+
+<p>"I know it wasn't in it," laughed Jimmie, "but I thought I'd put it in!"</p>
+
+<p>At first Tom and Ned were a little angry, but when each looked at the
+other, and saw how funny he was, with half the white and red spots
+washed off his face, each one had to laugh.</p>
+
+<p>The audience laughed, too. The water did no harm, for it was a hot day,
+and the boys had on old clothes. So they did not mind. But Tom and Ned
+decided to play a little trick on Jimmie. So, while he was laughing at
+what he had done to them, they suddenly ran at him, caught him, and put
+him in the wheelbarrow. Before he could get out they began wheeling him
+around the barn floor.</p>
+
+<p>"Now dump him!" suddenly cried Tom, and out shot Jimmie on a pile of
+hay. Before he could get up Tom had dashed some water on him.</p>
+
+<p>"Now we're even!" cried Ned. "You're wet, too!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It was all in fun, and no one minded getting wet. Then the circus went
+on. Sue was ridden in the flower-covered wheelbarrow, driving Ned and
+Tom. The boys acted like very nice horses indeed, and went slowly or
+fast, just as Sue called to them. She had a wreath of daisies on her
+hair, and looked like a little flower queen.</p>
+
+<p>After that Bunker Blue and Ben Hall played some music on the mouth organ
+and comb, while Bunny and Sue were getting ready to give their little
+Punch and Judy show, which they had played once before, back home.</p>
+
+<p>"Why don't you do some of your tricks, Ben?" asked Bunker of the new
+boy, when Bunny and Sue were almost ready.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I can't do any tricks," said Ben, turning away.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes you can! I guess you know more about a circus than you are willing
+to tell; don't you?"</p>
+
+<p>But Ben did not answer, and then the curtain had to be pulled back to
+let Bunny and Sue be seen.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>I will not tell you about the Punch and Judy show here, as I have
+written about it in the first book. Besides, it was not as well done by
+Bunny and Sue as was the first one.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny forgot some of the things he should have said, and so did Sue.
+Besides, Bunny had no big, red, hollow lobster claw to put over his
+nose, to make himself look like Mr. Punch. But, for all that, the show
+was very much enjoyed by all, especially the children.</p>
+
+<p>The race on the two rocking horses was lots of fun, and toward the end
+one of the boys rocked his horse so much that he fell over, but there
+was some straw for him to fall on, so he was not hurt. Up he jumped, on
+to the back of his horse again, and away he rode. But the other boy won
+the race.</p>
+
+<p>Then Bunny and Sue jumped from some carpenter horses, through hoops that
+were covered with paper pasted over them, just like in a real circus.</p>
+
+<p>"Crack!" went the paper as Bunny and Sue jumped through.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it's just like real; isn't it, Mother?" called a little girl in the
+audience. It was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>very still when she said this, and everyone laughed so
+loudly that Bunny Brown looked around. And, as he did not look where he
+was jumping, he tumbled and fell off the saw-horse.</p>
+
+<p>But Bunny fell in a soft place, and as a saw-horse is only made of wood,
+like a rocking horse, it did not kick, or step on, the little boy. So
+everything was all right.</p>
+
+<p>The performing part of the circus came to an end with a "grand concert."
+Bunny, Sue and all the others stood in line and sang a song, while
+Bunker Blue played on the mouth organ, and Ben on the paper-covered
+comb.</p>
+
+<p>"And now you are all invited to come and see the wild animals!" called
+Bunny. "Se&ntilde;orita Mozara will show you the blue striped tiger that does
+tricks. Se&ntilde;orita Mozara is my sister Sue," he explained, "but wild
+animal trainers all have fancy names, so I made that one up for her."</p>
+
+<p>Everyone laughed at that.</p>
+
+<p>"Right this way, ladies and gentlemen, to see the wild animals!" cried
+Sue. Ben Hall had told her what the circus men said, and Sue <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>tried, in
+her childish voice, to do it as nearly like them as possible. "Right
+this way!" she cried. "You will see the blue-striped tiger&mdash;of course
+it's only our dog Splash, and he won't hurt you," said Sue quickly, as
+she saw some of the little children hanging back.</p>
+
+<p>"He will eat meat from my hand, and stand up on his hind legs. He will
+lie down and roll over. This way, everybody!"</p>
+
+<p>Splash did look funny, all striped with bluing as he was. But he did the
+tricks for Sue, and everyone thought it was a very nice part of the
+circus.</p>
+
+<p>"Over this way is the striped zebra," went on Sue, as she led the way to
+where the green-painted calf was shut in a little pen. The men, women
+and children were laughing at the queer animal, when something happened.</p>
+
+<p>Splash got out of his cage. Either some one opened the door, or Splash
+pushed it open. And as Splash bounded out he knocked over the cage where
+the turkey gobbler "elephant" was kept.</p>
+
+<p>"Gobble-obble-obble!" went the turkey, as it flew across the barn.
+Children screamed, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>and some of them backed up against the cage of
+roosters, so it broke open and the crowing roosters were loose.</p>
+
+<p>"Baaa-a-a-a!" went the green striped calf, and giving a big jump, out of
+the box it came, and began running around, upsetting both Bunny and Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, the wild animals are loose! The wild animals are loose!" cried a
+little girl, while the big folks laughed so hard that they had to sit
+down on boxes, wheelbarrows, boards or whatever they could find. It was
+very funny.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV</h2>
+
+<h3>BUNNY AND SUE GO SAILING</h3>
+
+
+<p>Certainly all the animals in the circus which Bunny and Sue had gotten
+up, were loose, though of course they were not exactly "wild" animals.
+The green-striped calf was wild enough when it came to running around
+and kicking up its heels, but then calves do that anyhow, whether they
+are striped like a zebra or not, so that doesn't count.</p>
+
+<p>"Look out! Look out, everybody!" cried Bunny Brown. For, just then, the
+calf, having run to one end of the barn and finding the doors there
+closed, had run back again, and was heading straight for the place where
+they were all standing.</p>
+
+<p>"Somebody catch him!" cried Ben Hall.</p>
+
+<p>"It would take a cowboy to do that," spoke up Bunker Blue. "A cowboy
+with a lasso!"</p>
+
+<p>"I'll catch him! I'll get him!" cried Bunny.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span>"I had a lasso that I was
+trying to catch the old rooster with. I'll lasso the calf!"</p>
+
+<p>"No, little man. You'll not do anything of the sort!" exclaimed Mr.
+Brown, catching his son up in his arms. "You'd better stay away from
+that calf. It would not mean to hurt you, perhaps, but it might knock
+you down and step on you."</p>
+
+<p>The calf was now running back and forth, bleating and looking for some
+place where it could get out of the barn. For it did not like being in a
+circus, though, at first, it had been quiet enough.</p>
+
+<p>Splash thought it was great fun. He ran here and there, barking loudly,
+and racing after the calf. The two roosters were crowing as loudly as
+they could, fluttering here, there, everywhere. One nearly perched on
+top of Grandma Brown's head.</p>
+
+<p>The horses could be heard neighing and stamping about in their stalls.
+Perhaps they, too, wanted to join in the fun.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, dear!" cried Sue. "I don't like this. Let's go out, Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>But with the calf running back and forth in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span>the barn, crossing this way
+and that, it was not easy for Bunny, Sue and the others to keep out of
+its way.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess I'll have to take a hand in this," said Grandpa Brown. He knew
+how to handle cows, horses and calves you see. But there was no need for
+him to do anything.</p>
+
+<p>Just then the hired man, who had been milking some of the cows, opened
+the barn door to see what all the noise meant. He had a pail of milk in
+his hand, and, no sooner had the calf seen this, than the striped
+creature made a rush for the hired man.</p>
+
+<p>"Look out!" cried Grandpa Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"Come back here!" cried Sue, to the calf.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps she thought the calf would mind her, since Sue had been the
+make-believe wild animal trainer in the circus. But all the
+green-striped calf thought of just then was the pail of milk it saw.</p>
+
+<p>Right at the hired man it rushed, almost knocking him down.</p>
+
+<p>"Here! Here! Look out! Stop it! That milk isn't for you!" cried the
+hired man, trying to push the calf to one side.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But the calf was hungry, and it had made up its little mind that it was
+going to have that milk. And it did. Before the hired man could stop it,
+the calf had its nose down in the pail of nice, warm, fresh milk.</p>
+
+<p>"Let him have it," said Grandpa Brown, with a laugh. "The milk will keep
+him quiet, and we folks can get out. The circus is over; isn't it,
+Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, Grandpa. But we didn't think the wild animals were going to
+get loose. How did you like it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean how did I like the wild animals getting loose?" asked
+Grandpa Brown, with a laugh.</p>
+
+<p>"No, the circus," answered Bunny. "Was it good?"</p>
+
+<p>"It certainly was!" cried his grandfather. "I liked it very much!"</p>
+
+<p>"And so did I," said grandma. "But I was afraid you would be hurt when
+you jumped that time, Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, that's just a circus trick," Bunny said. "You ought to see Ben
+jump. Go on, Ben, show 'em how you can turn over in the air."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Not now, Bunny. I haven't time. I'm going to help Bunker clean up the
+barn."</p>
+
+<p>There were many things to be put away after the circus, for Grandpa
+Brown had said if the children used his barn they must leave it neat and
+clean when they finished.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the grown people who had come to the circus, and the boys
+and girls, too, began to leave. The calf was now standing still,
+drinking the milk from the pail. Splash had stopped barking. The two
+roosters had gotten out of the barn, and everything was quiet once more.</p>
+
+<p>The circus was over, and everyone said he had had a good time. Some of
+the little folks wanted to see it all over again, but Bunny said that
+could not be done. The grown folks said Bunny Brown and his sister Sue
+were very clever to get up such a nice little show.</p>
+
+<p>"But of course we didn't do it all," explained Bunny, who like to have
+others share in the praise. "We never could have done it if grandpa
+hadn't let us take his barn, or if Bunker and Ben hadn't helped us. It
+was as much their show as it was ours."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, Bunker and Ben were very good to help you," said Bunny's mother.
+"And now I think it is time for you and Sue to wash and get ready for
+supper."</p>
+
+<p>"I'd like to have a bigger show, in a tent Some day," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, that would be nice," agreed Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, if I'd known you wanted a tent instead of my barn, I could have
+given you one," said Grandpa Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, have you really a tent?" asked Bunny, eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it's an old army tent. Not very big, though. When I used to go
+camping with some old soldier friends of mine we took it with us. It's
+up in the attic now, I guess. But your circus is over, so you won't want
+a tent now."</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe we'll have another circus some day," suggested Bunny. "Then could
+we take your army tent?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I guess so."</p>
+
+<p>And when Bunny, Sue and the children and the grown folks had left the
+barn, Bunker Blue said to Ben Hall:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Say, it wouldn't be such a bad idea to get up a circus among us big
+boys; would it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it might be fun."</p>
+
+<p>"If Mr. Brown has a tent we could use that, and we might borrow another.
+Would you like to do that, Ben?"</p>
+
+<p>"I might."</p>
+
+<p>"Say, look here!" exclaimed Bunker, "why don't you tell us more about
+yourself? You know something about a real circus."</p>
+
+<p>"What makes you think so?" Ben asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, because I do. Were you ever in one?"</p>
+
+<p>Instead of answering Ben cried:</p>
+
+<p>"Look out! That plank is going to fall on your foot!"</p>
+
+<p>Ben and Bunker were putting away the boxes and boards that had been used
+for seats in the circus. And, as Ben spoke, one of the boards slipped
+off a box. Bunker pulled his foot away, but not in time to prevent being
+struck by the board.</p>
+
+<p>"Ouch!" he cried, and then he forgot that he had asked Ben about that
+boy's having been in a circus. Ben was glad he did not have to answer
+that question.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>When Bunker and Ben had made the barn look as neat as it was before the
+little circus was held, and when the blue stripes had been washed off
+Splash, the two big boys sat and talked until supper was ready.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you think about getting up a larger circus?" asked Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I guess we could do it," said Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"Are there some big boys around here?"</p>
+
+<p>"Lots of 'em. I've met some since I came here with Bunny, Sue and their
+family. We could get the big fellows together, and give a real show, in
+a tent."</p>
+
+<p>"Would we have any little folks in it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we'd have Bunny and Sue, of course, because they started this
+circus idea. They're real cute; don't you think?"</p>
+
+<p>"They certainly are," agreed Ben. "I like 'em very much. Well, we'll
+think about another circus. We'll need a larger tent than the one Mr.
+Brown has. Can we get one?"</p>
+
+<p>"I think so. The folks around here used to have a county fair in a tent,
+and we might get that. We could charge money, too, if we gave a good
+show."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That would be nice," said Ben, with a laugh. "I'd like to earn some
+money."</p>
+
+<p>That night after supper, when Bunny and Sue were getting ready for bed,
+after having talked the circus all over again, they heard their
+grandfather saying to Daddy Brown:</p>
+
+<p>"I can't make out what sort of boy that Ben Hall is."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, isn't he a good boy?" asked Bunny's father.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, he's a very good boy. I wouldn't ask a better. He does his
+work on the farm here very well. But there is something strange about
+him. He has some secret, and I can't find out what it is."</p>
+
+<p>That was all Bunny heard. Sue did not stop to listen to that much. But
+Bunny wondered, as he was falling asleep, what Ben's secret was. It was
+some time before he found out.</p>
+
+<p>"What are we going to do to-day, Bunny?" asked Sue, as she and her
+brother went outdoors, after breakfast next morning.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny did not answer at first. He walked slowly down to the edge of the
+little pond <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>where the ducks swam, and there he saw an old barn door
+that had been laid down so Grandma Brown would not have to step in a wet
+and muddy place when it rained.</p>
+
+<p>"What can we do to have some fun, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>Still Bunny did not answer. He went closer to the old door, and then he
+suddenly said:</p>
+
+<p>"Sue, we're going sailing!"</p>
+
+<p>"Going sailing?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yep. This will be our ship. All we'll have to do will be to put a sail
+on it and we'll sail across the duck pond. Come on."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny found an old bag that had held corn for the chickens. He nailed
+this bag to a stick, and fastened the stick up straight in a crack in
+the barn door, which lay down flat on the ground. Then he and Sue
+managed to get the door in the duck pond, on the edge of which it had
+been placed over a mud puddle.</p>
+
+<p>"There!" cried Bunny. "Get on the boat, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue, who had taken off their shoes and stockings, stood up on
+the big door. It floated nicely with them. A little wind blew out the
+bag sail, and away they went.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XV</h2>
+
+<h3>SPLASH IS LOST</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Bunny! Oh, Bunny! We're sailing! We're sailing!" joyfully cried Sue, as
+she felt the barn-door raft moving through the water.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course we're sailing," Bunny answered, as he stood up near the mast,
+which is what the stick that holds the sail is called. The mast Bunny
+had made was only a piece of a lima bean pole, and the sail was only an
+old bag. But the children had just as much fun as though they were in
+one of their father's big sail boats.</p>
+
+<p>The duck pond was not very wide, but it was quite long, and when Bunny
+and Sue had sailed across it to the other side, they turned around to go
+to the upper end.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny had found a piece of board, which he had nailed to another short
+length of bean pole, and this made a sort of oar. This he put <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span>in the
+water at the back of the raft to steer with.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny Brown knew something about steering a boat, for he had often been
+out with his father or Bunker Blue. And Bunny was quick to learn, though
+he was not much more than six years old.</p>
+
+<p>Harder blew the wind on the bag-sail, and faster and faster went Bunny
+and Sue to the upper end of the pond. There were many ducks swimming on
+the water, or putting their heads down below, into the mud, to get the
+weeds that grew there. Sometimes they found snails, which some ducks
+like very much.</p>
+
+<p>But when the ducks saw the barn-door raft sailing among them, they were
+afraid, and, quacking loudly, they paddled out of the way.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny!" cried Sue, as they sailed along, "there's the little ducks
+that were hatched out by the hen mother."</p>
+
+<p>"So they are!" exclaimed the little boy. The little ducks were swimming
+in the water, and the hen mother was clucking along shore. She would not
+go in the water herself, but stayed as near to it as she dared, on
+shore.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>Perhaps she wanted to make sure the little ducks would not
+drown. Of course they would not, unless a big fish pulled them under
+water, for ducks are made on purpose to swim. And there were no big fish
+in the pond, only little minnows, about half as big as a lollypop stick.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny!" cried Sue, as she saw the hen mother watching the little
+ducks paddle about, "Oh, Bunny, I know what we can do."</p>
+
+<p>"What?"</p>
+
+<p>"We can give the hen mamma a ride on our boat. Poor thing! She never can
+go paddling or swimming with her family. Let's take her on our boat, and
+she can sail with her little ducks then, and not get wet."</p>
+
+<p>"That's what we'll do!" Bunny cried. "I'm glad you thought of it, Sue.
+We'll give the old hen a sail, and the ducks can paddle around with us."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny steered the raft over to the shore where the hen was clucking
+away, calling to her ducklings to come to dry land. Perhaps she thought
+they had been in bathing long enough.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Can we catch her?" asked Sue. "You know it's hard work to catch a
+chicken. You couldn't catch the old rooster."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, this is easier," Bunny said. "The hen mother won't run away from
+her little ducks."</p>
+
+<p>And, for a wonder, Bunny was right. But then, as Grandma Brown told him
+afterward, the old hen was a very tame one, and was used to being picked
+up and petted.</p>
+
+<p>So when Bunny and Sue reached the shore the hen did not run away. She
+let Bunny pick her up, and she only clucked a little when he set her
+down in a dry place on the door raft.</p>
+
+<p>"Now we'll go sailing again," Bunny said, as he pushed off from the
+shore.</p>
+
+<p>The old hen clucked and fluttered her wings. She was calling to her
+little ducks. And they came right up on to the raft, too. Perhaps they
+wanted to see what sailing was like, and then, too, they may have had
+enough of swimming and paddling for a time. At any rate, there the old
+mother hen and her little ducks were on the raft, with the two children.</p>
+
+<p>"Now we'll give them a fine ride!" cried Sue. "Aren't they cute,
+Bunny?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Bunny. He steered the raft, while Sue picked up one of the
+little ducks and petted it in her hand.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, you dear, cute, sweet little thing!" murmured Sue. "I wish I had
+you for a doll!"</p>
+
+<p>On and on sailed Bunny and Sue, and I think it was the first time the
+old hen mother ever went sailing with her family of ducks. She seemed to
+like it, too, Bunny and Sue thought.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, when the raft was in the middle of the pond, the little ducks
+gave some quacks, a sort of whistle and into the water they fluttered
+one after the other.</p>
+
+<p>"Cluck! Cluck! Cluck!" went the hen mamma, fluttering her wings.
+"Cluckity-cluck-cluck!"</p>
+
+<p>I suppose that meant, in hen talk:</p>
+
+<p>"Come back! Come back! Stay on the boat and have a nice ride!"</p>
+
+<p>But the little ducks wanted to swim in the water. And they did.</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind," said Sue. "We'll keep on sailing, Bunny, and we'll sail
+right after the little ducks, so the hen mamma can watch them."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>And this the children did. The little ducks paddled around in the water
+at the edge of the raft, and on the middle of it, in a dry place,
+perched the hen mother. It was great fun, and Bunny and Sue liked it
+very much.</p>
+
+<p>"She is just like a trained hen," said Bunny. "If we have another and
+bigger circus, Sue, we can have this hen in it."</p>
+
+<p>"Are we going to have another circus?"</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe&mdash;a big one, in two tents. Bunker Blue and Ben are talking about
+it."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, that would be fun!" cried Sue, clapping her hands.</p>
+
+<p>And then, all at once, as soon as Sue did this, the little ducks took
+fright, and hurried toward the shore. Perhaps they thought Sue was
+shooing them away, as her grandmother sometimes shooed the hens out of
+the garden.</p>
+
+<p>Anyhow, the little ducks, half swimming and half flying, rushed for the
+shore, and no sooner had the hen mother seen them go, than with a loud
+cluck she raised herself up in the air, and flew to shore also. She had
+had enough of sailing, and she wanted to be with her little duck
+family.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I didn't mean to scare them," said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind," Bunny comforted her. "I guess they had ride enough. Now
+we'll sail down to the other end of the pond."</p>
+
+<p>But the wind was quite strong now. It blew very hard on the bag-sail,
+and the raft went swiftly through the water.</p>
+
+<p>All at once there was a cracking sound, and the raft turned to one side.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, dear!" cried Sue. "What's the matter?"</p>
+
+<p>Something flew down over her head, covering her eyes, and she could see
+nothing.</p>
+
+<p>"Stop! Stop!" cried the little girl. "Is that you, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>But Bunny did not answer. Sue pulled the thing off her head. When she
+could see she noticed that it was the bag sail. The beanpole mast had
+broken off close to where it was stuck in a crack in the barn door, and
+the sail had fallen on Sue.</p>
+
+<p>But where was Bunny Brown?</p>
+
+<p>Sue looked all around and then saw her brother, off the raft, standing
+up in the water behind her.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What&mdash;what's the matter, Bunny?" asked Sue. "Don't you want to sail any
+more? What makes you be in the water? Oh, you're all wet!" she cried, as
+she saw that he had fallen in, right over his head.</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I couldn't help it," said Bunny. "I slipped in when the wind broke
+the sail. I&mdash;I fell on my back, and a lot of water got in my nose and
+mouth, but&mdash;but I got on my feet, and I'm all right now, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny's father had taught him a little about swimming, and Bunny knew
+that the first thing to do, when you fall in water, is to hold your
+breath. Then, when your head bobs up, as it surely will, you can take a
+breath, and stand up, if the water isn't too deep.</p>
+
+<p>So Bunny stood up, with the muddy water dripping from him, looking at
+Sue who was still on the raft, all alone.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny!" cried the little girl. "What shall I do? I&mdash;I'm afraid!"</p>
+
+<p>"You're all right," Bunny answered bravely. "I'll come and push you to
+shore. I'm all wet so I might as well stay wading now."</p>
+
+<p>The duck pond was not very deep, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>Bunny was soon wading behind the
+raft, pushing it, with Sue on it, toward shore. So his sister did not
+get more than her feet wet, and, as she had on no shoes or stockings,
+that did not matter.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! What happened?" asked his mother, when she saw how wet he
+was, as, a little later, the two children came to the farmhouse. "What
+happened, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Mamma. We gave the old hen a ride, so she could be with her little
+ducks," said Sue, "and the wind broke our sail, and it fell on me, and
+the ducks flew away and so did the hen mother, and Bunny fell in. That's
+what happened!"</p>
+
+<p>"Mercy me, sakes alive! I should think that was enough!" cried Grandma
+Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, perhaps you had better keep away from the duck pond after this,"
+said Mother Brown. "Now I'll have to change all your clothes, Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny was sorry his mother had so much work to do for him, but, as he
+said, he could not help it.</p>
+
+<p>Washed and clean, Bunny and Sue, a little <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span>later, went down the road to
+the house of Nellie Bruce.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll take Splash with us," said Bunny. "Where is he? Here, Splash!
+Splash!" he called.</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't see him all to-day," said Sue. "Maybe he didn't like being a
+blue-striped tiger in a circus, and he's gone back to our home by the
+ocean."</p>
+
+<p>"He wouldn't go that far," said Bunny. "Besides, he liked being in the
+circus. He wagged his tail 'most all the while, and when he does that
+he's happy. Here, Splash!" he called again.</p>
+
+<p>But Splash did not come, even when Sue called, and the two children went
+off to play without him. For a time they did not think about their dog,
+as they had such fun at the home of Nellie Bruce. They played tag, and
+hide-and-go-seek, as well as teeter-tauter, and bean-bag.</p>
+
+<p>Then Mrs. Bruce gave them some cookies and milk, and they had a little
+play-party. But, when it came time for Bunny and Sue to go home, they
+thought of Splash again.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I wonder if he'll be there waiting for us," said Sue, as they came
+within sight of their Grandpa Brown's house.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope so," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>But no Splash was there, and he had not been seen since early morning,
+before Bunny and Sue went sailing on the duck pond.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, dear!" sighed Sue. "Splash has run away. He's lost!"</p>
+
+<p>"Dogs can't get lost!" Bunny declared.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, he is too lost," and tears came into Sue's eyes.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVI</h2>
+
+<h3>GETTING THE TENTS</h3>
+
+
+<p>Bunny Brown himself thought it was strange that Splash was not about to
+greet him and his sister as they came home from play. The big shaggy
+dog, that had once pulled Sue from the water, was very fond of the
+children, and if he did not go with them (which he did nearly every
+time) he was always waiting for them to come back.</p>
+
+<p>But this time Splash was not to be seen. Bunny went about the yard,
+whistling, while Sue called:</p>
+
+<p>"Splash! Here, Splash! I want you! Come here, Splash!"</p>
+
+<p>But the joyful bark of Splash was not heard, nor did he come bounding
+around the side of the house, to play with Bunny Brown and his sister
+Sue, when they called.</p>
+
+<p>"It is queer," said Mother Brown. "I saw <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>him early this morning, when I
+gave him his breakfast, and I thought he went with you, Bunny, when you
+and Sue went down to the duck pond."</p>
+
+<p>"No, Splash didn't go with us," said Bunny. And this was rather strange,
+too, for the dog loved water, and played near it whenever he could,
+dashing in to bring out sticks that Bunny or Sue would throw in for him.</p>
+
+<p>"And didn't he go down to Nellie Bruce's with you?" asked Grandma Brown.
+She was as fond of Splash as anyone.</p>
+
+<p>"No, he didn't follow us," Sue answered. "We wanted him, too. But we
+thought sure he'd be here waiting for us. But he isn't," and again the
+little girl's eyes filled with tears.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, we'll find him," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>But that was easier said than done. All about the house and barns in the
+farmyard, down through the meadows and over the pasture they looked for
+Splash. Mother and Grandmother Brown helped search, but Bunny and Sue,
+with Bunker Blue and Ben Hall, went farther off to look. It was nearly
+time for supper, but Bunny and Sue did not <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>want to wash and get clean
+ready for the meal until they had found Splash.</p>
+
+<p>But Splash, it seemed, was not to the found.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll have to ask some of the neighbors if they've seen him," said
+Bunker. "We'll go down the road a way and ask everyone we meet."</p>
+
+<p>Splash, by this time, was pretty well known at the houses along the road
+where Grandpa Brown lived, for the dog made friends with everyone, and
+was fond of children.</p>
+
+<p>But Bunker, Ben, Bunny and Sue had to ask at a number of places before
+they found anyone who had seen Splash.</p>
+
+<p>"Your dog lost; eh?" exclaimed Mr. Black, who lived about a mile from
+Grandpa Brown's house. "Why, yes, I saw Splash this morning. He was
+running over the fields back of my house. I called to him, thinking you
+children might be with him, and there's an old ram, over in my back
+pasture, that I didn't want to get after you.</p>
+
+<p>"But Splash wouldn't come when I called to him, and when I saw you two
+youngsters weren't with him, I didn't worry about the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>ram. I knew
+Splash could look out for himself."</p>
+
+<p>"Did you see him come back?" asked Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>"No. I didn't notice. I was too busy."</p>
+
+<p>"Then we'll go over and look for him," said Ben. "Maybe the old ram got
+him after all."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, maybe he did," said the farmer, "but I guess a dog like Splash
+can run faster than a ram. Anyhow we'll have a look."</p>
+
+<p>"Are you going, Bunny?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Sure. Aren't you? Don't you want to find Splash?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes&mdash;but&mdash;but I don't want a old ram to hook me with his horns."</p>
+
+<p>"I'll take care of you, Sue," said Farmer Black. "I'll take a big stick
+with me, and the ram is afraid of that. We'll find Splash for you."</p>
+
+<p>They all went over the field where Mr. Black had seen Splash trotting
+early that morning. They saw the ram, who, at first, seemed about to run
+toward them. But when Mr. Black shook the stick at him the ram turned
+away and nibbled grass.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"No sign of Splash here," said the farmer, as he stood on the fence and
+looked across the field.</p>
+
+<p>"Then he's just lost," said Bunny. He was glad the ram had not hurt his
+dog. But where could Splash be?</p>
+
+<p>They went on a little farther, and Sue called:</p>
+
+<p>"Splash! Splash! Where are you?"</p>
+
+<p>But there was no answer. Then they went on a little farther, and Bunny
+called:</p>
+
+<p>"Splash! Ho, Splash!"</p>
+
+<p>Hark! What was that?</p>
+
+<p>They all listened.</p>
+
+<p>From somewhere, a good way off, the faint barking of a dog could be
+heard.</p>
+
+<p>"There he is!" cried Bunker Blue. "That's Splash!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I'm so glad!" cried Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"But why doesn't he come to us?" Bunny asked. "Splash always comes when
+you call him. Why doesn't he come?"</p>
+
+<p>No one could answer this. They listened and waited. They could hear the
+dog barking, but the sound was as far off as ever.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Maybe he can't come," said Ben. "Maybe he's caught, or hurt, and can't
+walk. We'll have to go to him."</p>
+
+<p>"I guess that's right," said Farmer Black. "We'll find that dog of yours
+after all."</p>
+
+<p>They listened in order to tell where the barking came from, and then
+started off toward a little grove of trees. It seemed that Splash was
+there. And, as they came nearer the barking sounded more plainly.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Splash! Splash!" cried Sue.</p>
+
+<p>The dog barked and whined now.</p>
+
+<p>"He's hurt!" said Bunker Blue. "He must be caught in a trap!"</p>
+
+<p>And it was there they found poor Splash.</p>
+
+<p>He had stepped with one paw into a trap that was hidden under the
+leaves, and there he was, held fast. For the trap, which was a string
+spring one, was fastened by a chain to a heavy log. And as Splash could
+not pull the log and trap too, he had had to stay where he was caught.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, you poor, dear Splash!" cried Sue, putting her arms around the
+dog's neck. Splash licked her face with his red tongue, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>and whined.
+Bunny, too, put his arms around his pet.</p>
+
+<p>"Some boy must have set that trap here to catch musk rats," said Farmer
+Black. "I've told 'em not to, but they won't mind. Let me see now if I
+can't set Splash loose."</p>
+
+<p>This was soon done. The trap was not a sharp one, with teeth, as some
+are made, and though one of the dog's paws was pinched and bruised, no
+bones were broken, nor was the skin cut. But poor Splash was quite lame,
+and could only walk on three legs.</p>
+
+<p>"Splash, what made you run away from home?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>Of course the dog could not answer. But he may have found some other dog
+to play with, and run off to have some fun. Then he had stepped into the
+trap, and there he was held until his little friends came to find him.</p>
+
+<p>"And it's a good thing you looked for him," said Bunker Blue, "or he
+might have been out here all night, caught in the trap."</p>
+
+<p>"Poor Splash!" said Sue, as she hugged him again.</p>
+
+<p>As Splash could not walk along very well, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>on three legs, Mr. Black said
+he would hitch up a wagon and take the dog, and everyone else, to
+grandpa's place. And, a little later, this was done.</p>
+
+<p>Grandpa Brown put some liniment on the sore leg, and bound it up in soft
+cloths. Then Splash went to sleep in the kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I'm so glad he isn't lost!" sighed Sue, as she and Bunny went to
+bed that night.</p>
+
+<p>"So am I," echoed her brother.</p>
+
+<p>For several days Splash had to go about on three legs, holding the lame
+one, with the cloth on, up in the air. Then the pain and bruise of the
+trap passed away, and he could run around the same as before, on four
+legs, though he limped a little. Soon he was over that, and as well as
+ever.</p>
+
+<p>"And you must keep out of traps," said Bunny, shaking a finger at his
+pet.</p>
+
+<p>"Bow-wow!" barked Splash, and I guess that he meant he would.</p>
+
+<p>It was about a week after this that Bunny Brown and his sister Sue saw
+Bunker Blue and Ben Hall out in a field with a big pile of white cloth.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, maybe they're going to send up a balloon!" exclaimed Bunny, for he
+had once seen this done at a park.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's go watch!" cried Sue.</p>
+
+<p>They found the two big boys stretching out the white cloth, to which was
+fastened many ropes.</p>
+
+<p>"Is it a balloon?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"No," answered Bunker. "It's a tent."</p>
+
+<p>"A tent! What a big one!"</p>
+
+<p>"It's the army tent your grandfather used to sleep in when he went to
+camp. He let us take it. We're going to put it up and see how many it
+will hold."</p>
+
+<p>"What for?" Bunny wanted to know. "Are you going camping? Can Sue and I
+come?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, we're not going camping," answered Ben. "But we want this tent, and
+perhaps another one, bigger, for the circus we are going to give."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, are you going to have a circus?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we big boys are thinking of it," said Bunker. "You young ones
+gave such a good one, that we want to see if we can't come <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>up to you.
+That's why we're going to put up this tent."</p>
+
+<p>"We'll help," said Bunny. Then he and Sue began pulling on ropes and
+hauling on the ends of the white canvas, of which the tent was made. The
+children thought they were helping, but I guess Bunker and Ben could
+have done better if left alone. Still they liked the children, and did
+not want to send them away.</p>
+
+<p>But Bunny, who had gone away from Sue, soon grew tired of pulling on the
+heavy ropes.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess I'll come back when you have the tent up," said the little
+fellow. "Come on, Sue," and he looked around for his sister.</p>
+
+<p>But she was not in sight.</p>
+
+<p>"Sue! Sue!" called Bunny. "Where are you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe she's gone home," said Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"No, she wouldn't go without me," Bunny declared. "Oh, maybe she's lost;
+or caught in a trap, just like Splash was!" and Bunny began to cry.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII</h2>
+
+<h3>BUNNY AND THE BALLOONS</h3>
+
+
+<p>Bunker Blue, Ben, and some of the large boys from nearby farms, who had
+been invited to come over and help put up the big tent, stopped pulling
+on the ropes, or driving in stakes, and gathered around Bunny Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter?" asked one big boy, who had a snub nose.</p>
+
+<p>"My&mdash;my little sister is lost," Bunny explained, half crying.</p>
+
+<p>"Who is your sister?" the big boy asked. He came from a farm a good way
+off, and was somewhat of a stranger.</p>
+
+<p>"She's Sue&mdash;that's my sister," Bunny explained. "She was here a little
+while ago, but now she's lost!"</p>
+
+<p>"This is Bunny Brown," explained Bunker to the other boys. "He and his
+sister Sue are staying at Grandpa Brown's farm. Their grandfather let us
+take this tent," he said.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I see!" exclaimed the big boy. "Well, we'll help you hunt for your
+sister, Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>They began looking all around the big tent, which was spread out on the
+ground and not yet up on the poles, as it would be later, so the people
+could come in it to see the show of the big boys. But Sue was not in
+sight. Nor could she be seen anywhere in the field where the tent was to
+be put up.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you sure she didn't go back to the house, Bunny?" asked Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm sure she didn't," said the little boy. "She was here with me a
+little while ago. If she'd gone she'd have told me so, and Splash would
+have gone with her. He goes with her more than he does with me. And see,
+here is Splash!"</p>
+
+<p>This was true. The big dog lay in the shade, watching what Bunny and the
+others were doing, and wondering, I suppose, why people were so foolish
+as to work in hot weather, when they could just as well lie down in the
+shade, and stick out their tongues to keep cool&mdash;for that is what dogs
+do.</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe Splash can find Sue," said Bunker.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Hi there, Splash!" he called. "Where's Sue? Find her!"</p>
+
+<p>Splash jumped up with a bark, and ran to Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"You tell him what to do," said Bunker. "He'll mind you better than he
+will me."</p>
+
+<p>"Find Sue, Splash! Find Sue!" said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>Splash barked again, looked up into Bunny's face, as if to make sure
+what was wanted, and then, with a bark he ran to where a big pile of the
+white canvas was gathered in a heap. It was a part of the tent the boys
+had not yet unfolded, or straightened out.</p>
+
+<p>Splash stood near this and barked. Then he began poking in it with his
+sharp nose.</p>
+
+<p>"He&mdash;he's found something," said Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe it's Sue," cried Bunker. "Come on!"</p>
+
+<p>Taking hold of Bunny's hand, Bunker ran with him toward the pile of
+canvas. The other boys ran too. But before they got there Sue was
+sitting up in the middle of it, and Splash was standing near her,
+barking and jumping about now and then, as if he felt very happy.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Why&mdash;why, Sue!" Bunny cried. "Were you there all the while?"</p>
+
+<p>"How long is all the while?" asked Sue, rubbing her sleepy eyes. "I was
+playing house here, Bunny, and I pulled a bed spread over me, and went
+to sleep. Splash put his cold nose on me and woke me up. What are you
+all lookin' at me for?" Sue asked, as she saw the circle of boys, her
+brother among them, staring at her.</p>
+
+<p>"We&mdash;we thought you were lost, Sue," said Bunny. "And we came to find
+you."</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I wasn't losted at all!" Sue protested. "I was here all the while! I
+just went to sleep!"</p>
+
+<p>And that was what had happened. When Bunny was busy helping Ben and
+Bunker pull on some of the tent ropes, Sue had slipped off by herself,
+and had lain down on the pile of canvas.</p>
+
+<p>Feeling sleepy, she had pulled a part of the tent over her. She made
+believe it was a white spread, such as was on her bed in her Grandpa
+Brown's house. This covered Sue from sight, so Bunny and none of the
+others could see her.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>And there she had slept, while the others looked.
+And had not Splash known where to find the little girl, she might have
+slept a great deal longer, and Bunny and the boys might not have found
+her until dark.</p>
+
+<p>"But I've slept long enough, now," said Sue. "Is the tent ready for the
+big circus?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not yet," answered Bunker Blue. "We've got to use the piece of canvas
+you were sleeping on, so it's a good thing you woke up. But we'll soon
+have the tent ready, and then we'll go and get the bigger one."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, are you going to have two?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered Ben. "Oh, we're going to give a fine show! And we want
+you and your sister Sue in it, too, Bunny," went on the strange boy who
+had come to Grandpa Brown's so hungry that night. "You'll be in the big
+circus; won't you?"</p>
+
+<p>"To give the Punch and Judy show?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, maybe that, and maybe some of the things you did in your own
+little circus," Bunker said. "There's time enough to get up something
+new if you want."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"All right. That's what we'll do," said Bunny. "Come on, Sue, and we'll
+practise a new act for the big boys' circus."</p>
+
+<p>The little circus, gotten up by Bunny and Sue, had made quite a jolly
+time for the people in the country where Grandpa Brown lived. It was
+talked of in many a farmhouse, and it was this talk of the little circus
+that had made Bunker, Ben and the other big boys want to give a larger
+show of their own.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the boys were quite strong, and they could do tricks on the
+trapeze that Bunny and his little friends did not dare try. Then, too,
+one of the boys had a trained dog, that had once been in a real city
+theatre show, and another had some white mice that could do little
+tricks, and even fire a toy cannon that shot a paper cap.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it's going to be a real circus all right, in real tents," said
+Bunker Blue.</p>
+
+<p>As I have told you, Grandpa Brown let the boys take his old army tent,
+and they were to have another, and larger one, that had once been used
+at a county fair.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving Bunker, Ben and the other big boys <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>to put up their tent, Bunny
+and Sue, with Splash, their dog, went back to the farmhouse.</p>
+
+<p>"What trick can we do, Bunny?" asked Sue. "What can we do in the
+circus?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, we'll make up a surprise, so they'll all laugh," he said. "I wish I
+had another big lobster claw, so I could put it on my nose, and look
+funny."</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe you could find something else to put on your nose," said the
+little girl. "Oh, Bunny, I know!" she suddenly cried. "I've just thought
+of something fine!"</p>
+
+<p>"What?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>Sue looked all around, to make sure no one was listening, and then she
+whispered to Bunny. And what it was she told him I'm not allowed to tell
+you just now, though I will when the right time comes.</p>
+
+<p>Anyhow, Bunny and Sue were very busy the rest of the day. They were
+making something out in the barn, and they kept the doors closed so no
+one could see what they were doing.</p>
+
+<p>It was the day after this that Bunny and Sue were asked by their grandma
+to go on a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>little errand for her. It was about half a mile down the
+safe country road, to a neighbor's house, and as the two children had
+been there before, they knew the way very well.</p>
+
+<p>Hand in hand they set off, with Splash following after them. They walked
+slowly, for there was no hurry. Now and then they stopped to pick some
+pretty flowers, or get a drink at a wayside spring. Once in a while they
+saw a red, yellow or blue bird, and they stopped to watch the pretty
+creatures fly to their nests, where their little ones were waiting to be
+fed.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, isn't it just lovely in the country," said Sue. "Don't you just
+love it, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," he answered. "I do. And won't we have fun at our circus, Sue,
+when I dress up like a&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Hush!" exclaimed the little girl. "Don't tell anyone! It's a secret you
+know."</p>
+
+<p>"Pooh! There's nobody here to tell!" laughed Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>In a little while they were at the house of the neighbor to whom Grandma
+Brown had sent them. They gave in the little note <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>grandma had written,
+and then Mrs. Wilson, to whom it was sent, after writing an answer, gave
+Bunny and Sue each a cookie, and a cool glass of milk.</p>
+
+<p>"Sit down in the shade, on the porch, and eat and drink," said Mrs.
+Wilson. "Then you will feel better when going home."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue liked the cookies and milk very much. They were just
+eating the last crumbs of the cookies, and drinking the last drops of
+milk, when Bunny, looking out toward the road, saw, going past, a man
+with a large number of balloons, tied to strings, floating over his
+head. There were red balloons, and blue ones; green, yellow, purple,
+white and pink ones.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, look, Sue!" cried Bunny. "The balloons! That's just what we want
+for our circus."</p>
+
+<p>"What do we want of balloons?" asked the little girl.</p>
+
+<p>"I mean we ought to have somebody sell them outside the tents," Bunny
+went on. "It won't look like a real circus without toy balloons."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That's so," agreed Sue. "But how can we get 'em?"</p>
+
+<p>"We'll ask the balloon man," said Bunny. He was not a bit bashful about
+speaking to strangers.</p>
+
+<p>Setting down his empty milk glass, Bunny ran down the front path toward
+the road, where the balloon man was walking along through the dust. Sue
+ran after her brother.</p>
+
+<p>"Hey! Hi there!" called Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>The man stopped and turned around. Seeing the two children, he smiled.</p>
+
+<p>"You wanta de balloon?" he asked, for he was an Italian, just like the
+one who had a hand organ, and whose monkey ran away, as I have told you
+in the book before this one.</p>
+
+<p>"We want lots of balloons," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, sure!" said the man, smiling more than ever.</p>
+
+<p>"We want all the balloons for our circus," Bunny explained.</p>
+
+<p>"Circus? Circus?" repeated the balloon man, and he did not seem to know
+what Bunny meant. "What is circus?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"We're going to have a circus," Bunny ex<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>plained. "My sister Sue says we
+must have toy balloons. You come to our circus and you can sell a lot.
+You know&mdash;a show in a tent."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, sure! I know!" The Italian smiled again. He had often sold balloons
+at fairs and circuses. "Where your circus?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Come on, we'll show you," promised Bunny. Then he and Sue started back
+toward Grandpa Brown's house, followed by the man with the balloons
+floating over his head&mdash;red balloons, green, blue, purple, yellow, white
+and pink ones.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVIII</h2>
+
+<h3>THE STORM</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Bunny! Won't it be just grand!" whispered Sue to her brother, as they
+walked along ahead of the balloon man.</p>
+
+<p>"Fine!" said Bunny. "We'll have him stand outside the tent, and sell his
+balloons. It'll look just like a real circus then. It wouldn't without
+the balloons; would it, Sue?"</p>
+
+<p>"No. And, oh, Bunny! I've thought of something else."</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Pink lemonade."</p>
+
+<p>"Pink lemonade?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, we'll have the balloon man sell that, and peanuts. Then it will be
+more than ever like a real circus."</p>
+
+<p>"But how can he sell pink lemonade and peanuts and balloons?" Bunny
+wanted to know.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, he can do it," said Sue, who seemed to think it was very easy. "He
+can tie his bunch of balloons to the lemonade and peanut stand, and when
+anybody wants one they can take it and put down the five cents. Then the
+balloon man will have one hand to dish out the hot peanuts, and the
+other to pour out the pink lemonade."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I guess he could do that," said Bunny. "We'll ask him, anyhow.
+Maybe he won't want to."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue stopped and waited for the balloon man to catch up with
+them. The man, seeing the children waiting for him, hurried forward, and
+stopped to see what was wanted.</p>
+
+<p>"Well?" he asked, looking at his balloons to make sure none of them
+would break away, and float up to the clouds.</p>
+
+<p>"Can you sell pink lemonade?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Penk leemonade," repeated the Italian, saying the words in a funny way.
+"Whata you calla dat? Penk leemonade?"</p>
+
+<p>"You know&mdash;what they always have at a circus," said Bunny. "This color,"
+and he <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>pointed to a pink balloon. "You drink it you know, out of a
+glass&mdash;five cents."</p>
+
+<p>"No can drinka de balloon!" the man exclaimed. "You put your teeth on
+heem and he go&mdash;pop! so&mdash;no good!"</p>
+
+<p>"No, I don't mean that!" cried Bunny, laughing at the Italian, who made
+funny faces, and waved his hands in the air. "I mean can you sell pink
+lemonade&mdash;to drink&mdash;at our circus?"</p>
+
+<p>"And peanuts?" added Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, we'd want you to sell peanuts, too," went on the little boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Ha! Peanuts? No! I used to pusha de peanut cart&mdash;make de whistle
+blow&mdash;hot peanuts. No more! I sella de balloon!" exclaimed the Italian.
+"No more makea de hot peanuts!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, dear!" sighed Sue. "He won't do it! We'll have to get some one
+else, Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we can easy do that," said Bunny. "Maybe the hired man will sell
+peanuts and lemonade for us. I asked him if he would like to be in the
+big circus, and he said he would. I asked him if he could do any acts."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What'd he say?" Sue wanted to know, while the Italian balloon peddler
+stood looking at the two children, as if wondering what they would do
+next.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, the hired man said all he could do was milk a cow, and plow up
+the ground. He wanted to know if they were circus acts, and I said I
+guessed not," replied Bunny. "So maybe he'd be glad to sell lemonade and
+peanuts."</p>
+
+<p>"I think he would," said Sue. "You needn't do anything except blow up
+your balloons and sell 'em," she went on to the Italian. "Never mind
+about the peanuts and the pink lemonade."</p>
+
+<p>"Alla right," said the man, with a smile that showed what nice white
+teeth he had. "Me sella de balloon!"</p>
+
+<p>He and the children walked on a little longer. Then the man turned to
+Bunny and asked:</p>
+
+<p>"How much farder now&mdash;to de circus?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not far now," said Bunny. "The circus isn't quite ready yet, but you
+can stay at our grandpa's house until it is. You see we don't <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>get many
+balloon peddlers out this way. You're the first one we've seen, so you'd
+better stay. It won't be more than a week, or maybe two weeks."</p>
+
+<p>"Circus last all dat time?" asked the Italian. "Sella lot de balloons.
+Buy more in New York&mdash;sella dem! Mucha de money!"</p>
+
+<p>"We've an aunt in New York," said Sue. "Her name is Aunt Lu. If you sell
+all these balloons she'll buy some more for you in New York, so you
+won't have to go away."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Bunny, "that would be best. We'll get Aunt Lu to send you
+more balloons. And when you haven't any to sell, while you're waiting,
+you could help the hired man sell pink lemonade and peanuts. 'Cause,
+anyhow, maybe the hired man sometimes would have to go to milk the cows,
+and you could take his place."</p>
+
+<p>The Italian shook his head. He did not quite know what Bunny and Sue
+were talking about. All he thought of was that he was being taken to a
+circus, where he might sell all his balloons, and make money enough to
+buy more to sell.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"There's grandpa's house now," said Sue, as they went around a turn in
+the road.</p>
+
+<p>"Where de circus&mdash;where de tents?" the Italian wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, they're not all up yet," said Bunny. "The big boys are doing that.
+You just come with us."</p>
+
+<p>And so Bunny Brown and his sister Sue walked up the front path, followed
+by the Italian with the many-colored balloons floating over his head.</p>
+
+<p>"Mercy me! What's all this?" cried Mother Brown, when she saw the little
+procession. "What does this mean, Bunny&mdash;Sue?"</p>
+
+<p>"It's balloons, for the circus," explained Bunny. "We saw this man down
+the road, and we invited him to come with us. He's going to stay here
+until it's time for the circus, next week, and then he's going to sell
+balloons outside the tent."</p>
+
+<p>"We wanted him to sell pink lemonade and peanuts," said Sue, "but he
+wouldn't. So the hired man can do that. Now, Grandma," went on the
+little girl, "maybe this balloon <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>man is hungry. We're not, 'cause we
+had some cookies and milk; didn't we, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yep."</p>
+
+<p>"But he didn't have any," Sue went on. "And he'll have to have a place
+to sleep, 'cause he's going to stay to the circus, and sell balloons.
+And if he sells them all Aunt Lu will send him more from New York and he
+can sell them. Won't it be nice, Mother?"</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Brown did not know what to say. Neither did Grandma Brown. They
+just looked at one another, and then at the Italian, and next at Bunny
+and Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Me sella de balloon!" explained the Italian, as best he could in his
+queer English. "Little boy&mdash;little gal&mdash;say circus. Me likea de circus.
+But me no see any tents. Where circus tents?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh these children!" cried Mrs. Brown. "What in the world are we to do
+with this Italian and his balloons?"</p>
+
+<p>"Me sella de balloons!" said the dark-skinned man.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I know," sighed Mrs. Brown. "But the circus is only a make-believe
+one, and it <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>isn't ready yet, and&mdash;Oh, I don't know what to do!" she
+cried. "Bunny&mdash;Sue&mdash;you shouldn't have invited the balloon man to come
+here!"</p>
+
+<p>"But you can't have a circus without balloons," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, my dear, I know, but&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"What's all the trouble?" asked Papa Brown, coming out on the porch just
+then.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue, their mother and the Italian, told the story after a
+while.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. Brown, to the Italian, after he had listened carefully,
+"I'm sorry you had your trip for nothing. But of course the children did
+not know any better. It is only a little circus, and you would not sell
+many balloons. But, as long as you came away back here, I guess we can
+give you something to eat, and we'll buy some balloons of you for the
+children."</p>
+
+<p>"Thanka you. Mucha de 'bliged," said the Italian with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>He seemed happy now, and after Grandma Brown had given him some bread
+and meat, and a big piece of pie, out on the side porch, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>he started off
+down the road again, smiling and happy. Bunny and Sue were each given a
+balloon by their father, who bought them from the Italian.</p>
+
+<p>"And don't invite any more peddlers to your circus, children," said Mr.
+Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"We won't," promised Bunny. "But we thought the balloons would be nice."</p>
+
+<p>"We can have the hired man sell pink lemonade and peanuts; can't we?"
+Sue wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I guess so&mdash;if he wants to," laughed Grandpa Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we have some balloons ourselves, anyhow," said Bunny to his
+sister that night.</p>
+
+<p>The children had much fun with their balloons next day. They tied long
+threads to them, and let them float high in the air. Once Sue's nearly
+got away, but Bunny ran after the thread, which was dragging on the
+ground, and caught it.</p>
+
+<p>The big boys had not forgotten about the circus, all this while. Bunker,
+Ben and their friends had put up the tent Grandpa Brown let them take,
+and Bunny and Sue went inside.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"My! It's terrible big!" said Sue, looking about the white canvas house.
+It was not so very large, but it seemed so to Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Just wait until you see the other," said Bunker. "The fair tent is
+three times as big as this."</p>
+
+<p>And so it was. When that was put up in the meadow, near the army tent of
+Grandpa Brown's, the place began to look like a real circus ground.</p>
+
+<p>"When are you going to have the show?" asked Bunny of Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, in a few days now. Have you and Sue made up what you are going to
+do?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but it's a secret," Sue answered.</p>
+
+<p>"So much the better!" laughed Ben. "You'll surprise the people."</p>
+
+<p>The two tents were put up, and the big boys were getting ready for the
+circus. One night, about four days before it was to be held, Bunker Blue
+and Ben came in from where they had been, down near the tents, and
+looked anxiously at the sky.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter," asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Bunker, "it looks as if we <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span>would have a big rain storm.
+And if we do, and the meadow brook gets too full of water, it may wash
+the tents away."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I guess that won't happen," said Ben.</p>
+
+<p>But in the night it began to rain very hard. It thundered and lightened,
+and Bunny and Sue woke up, frightened. Sue began to cry.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, you mustn't cry just because it rains," said Mother Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"But I'm afraid!" sobbed Sue. "And it will wash away our circus tents!"
+and she sat up in bed, and shivered every time it thundered. "Oh,
+Mother! It will wash away all the nice circus tents!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIX</h2>
+
+<h3>HARD WORK</h3>
+
+
+<p>Mrs. Brown did not quite understand what Sue said about the storm
+washing away the circus tents. So she asked the little girl to explain.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Bunker Blue said," Sue told her mother, "that if the storm was too
+hard, the brook would get full of water, and wash away our circus tents.
+And I don't want that, 'cause me and Bunny is going to do an act, only
+it's a secret and I can't tell you. Only&mdash;Oh, dear!" cried Sue, as she
+saw a very bright flash of lightning. "It's going to bang again!"</p>
+
+<p>"But you musn't be afraid of the storm," said Mother Brown. "See, Bunny
+isn't afraid!"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I <i>is</i> afraid too!" cried the little boy, who slept in the next
+room. "I <i>is</i> afraid, but I wasn't goin' to tell!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well, that's being brave&mdash;not to show that you are afraid," said Mother
+Brown. "Come now, Sue, you be brave, like Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>"But I can't, Mother! I don't want the circus to be spoiled!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I guess the tents are good and strong," said Mr. Brown, who had
+gotten up to see what Sue was crying for. "They won't blow away."</p>
+
+<p>It was about eleven o'clock at night, and quite dark, except when the
+lightning came. Then the loud thunder would sound, "just like circus
+wagons rumbling over a bridge," as Bunny told Sue, to try and make his
+little sister feel less afraid.</p>
+
+<p>But all Sue could talk of was the circus tents, that might be blown over
+by the strong wind, which was now rattling the shutters and windows of
+the farmhouse. Or else the white canvas houses might be washed away by
+the high water.</p>
+
+<p>While Mr. and Mrs. Brown sat up, trying to comfort Sue, by telling her
+and Bunny a fairy story, there were sounds heard in another part of the
+house.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I guess that's Grandpa Brown getting up to see if his cows and horses
+are all right," said mother. "The cows and horses are not afraid in a
+storm, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe they are, but they can't talk and tell us about it," said Sue,
+who was not quite so frightened now.</p>
+
+<p>Grandpa Brown could be heard speaking to some one in the hall.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello, Bunker Blue," he called, "is that you getting up?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, Mr. Brown," was the answer the children heard.</p>
+
+<p>"And who is that with you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Ben Hall."</p>
+
+<p>"What are you going to do?" Bunny Brown heard his grandpa ask.</p>
+
+<p>"We're going down to see about our circus tents," said Bunker. "We're
+afraid they may be carried away in the storm."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, perhaps they may," said Grandpa Brown. "It's a bad storm all
+right, but we'll be safe and comfortable in the house. Take a lantern
+with you, if you're going out, and be careful."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"We will," promised Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny put on his slippers and bath robe and went to the bedroom door. It
+was open a little way, and out in the hall he could see Bunker Blue and
+Ben Hall. The two big boys had on rubber boots and rubber coats, for it
+was raining hard.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunker!" called Bunny. "May I go with you?"</p>
+
+<p>"What, little shaver! Are you awake?" Bunker asked. "You'd better get
+back to bed. It's raining cats and dogs!"</p>
+
+<p>"Really?" called Sue, from her father's lap, where she was sitting all
+"cuddled up." "Is it really raining cats and dogs? Is it raining my dog
+Splash? If it is I want to see it!"</p>
+
+<p>"No, I didn't exactly mean that," answered Bunker with a laugh. "I meant
+it was raining such big drops that they are almost as large as little
+baby cats and dogs. But it is storming too hard for you two youngsters
+to come out. Ben and I will see about the tents."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't let them blow away!" begged Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Or wash down the brook," added Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"We won't!" promised the big boys.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Then they went out into the storm. The wind was blowing so hard they
+could not carry umbrellas, for if they had taken them the umbrellas
+would have been blown inside out in a minute. But with rubber hats,
+coats and boots Bunker and Ben could not get very wet.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue, looking from their windows, saw the flicker of the
+lantern, as Bunker and Ben walked with it toward the circus tents.</p>
+
+<p>Harder rumbled the thunder, and brighter flashed the lightning. The rain
+pounded on the roof as though it would punch holes in it, and come
+through to wet Bunny and Sue. But nothing like that happened, and soon
+the two children began to feel sleepy again, even though the storm still
+kept up.</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I guess I'll go to bed," said Sue. "Will you stay by me a little
+while, Daddy?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered her father. "I'll sit right by your little bed."</p>
+
+<p>"And hold my hand until I get to sleep?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I'll hold your hand, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>"All right. Then I won't be scared any more. You can hold Bunny's hand,
+Mother."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Pooh, I'm not afraid!" said Bunny. "But I like you to hold my hand,
+Mother!" he added quickly, for fear his mother would go away and leave
+him.</p>
+
+<p>"All right, I'll sit by you," she said, with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue soon fell asleep again. The thunder was not quite so loud,
+nor the lightning so bright, but it rained harder than ever, and as
+Bunny felt his eyes growing heavy, so that he was almost asleep, he
+again thought of what might happen to the circus tents.</p>
+
+<p>"If they wash away down the brook, we can't have any show," he thought.
+"But maybe it won't happen."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny roused up a little later, when some one came into the farmhouse.
+The little boy thought it was Bunker and Ben, but he was too sleepy to
+get up and ask. He heard some one, that sounded like his grandpa, ask:</p>
+
+<p>"Did they wash away?"</p>
+
+<p>Then Bunker's voice answered:</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, they both washed away. It's a regular flood down in the meadow.
+Everything is spoiled!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I wonder&mdash;I wonder if he means the circus?" thought Bunny, but he was
+too sleepy to do anything more, just then, than wonder.</p>
+
+<p>In the morning, however, when the storm had passed, Bunny Brown and his
+sister Sue heard some bad news. After breakfast Bunker and Ben came in
+and Bunker said:</p>
+
+<p>"Well, little folks, I guess we can't have any circus!"</p>
+
+<p>"No circus!" cried Bunny, and he was so surprised that he dropped his
+fork with a clatter on his plate, waking up Splash, the big dog, who was
+asleep in one corner of the room.</p>
+
+<p>"Why can't we have a circus?" asked Sue. She and Bunny had almost
+forgotten about the storm the night before.</p>
+
+<p>"We can't have a circus," explained Bunker, "because both our tents were
+washed away during the night. The brook, that is generally so small that
+you can wade across it, was so filled with rain water that it was almost
+turned into a river. It flooded the meadow, the water washed out the
+tent poles and pegs, and down the tents fell, flat. Then the water rose
+higher and washed them away."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Where did it wash them?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, away down toward the river, I guess. I'm afraid we'll never get 'em
+back."</p>
+
+<p>"It's too bad," said Ben. "Just when we were all ready for the nice
+circus. But, Bunker, we won't give up yet. We'll look for those tents,
+and maybe we can put them up again."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, maybe we can do it," said the red-haired boy. "But I'm afraid
+everything is spoiled."</p>
+
+<p>"We'll help you look for the tents," said Bunny. "Won't we, Sue?"</p>
+
+<p>"If&mdash;if the water isn't too deep," said Sue. She was always afraid of
+deep water, though she, like Bunny, was learning to swim.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, the water isn't deep now," Bunker assured her. "It was a regular
+flood in the night when Ben and I went out to look at it, but it has all
+gone down now, since the rain stopped."</p>
+
+<p>"Was it deep when you were out last night?" Bunny wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"It surely was," answered Bunker. "It was almost over our boots. We
+couldn't get near <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>the tents, and we had to watch them be knocked down
+by the flood, and carried away on the big waves. Then we came back to
+the house."</p>
+
+<p>"We couldn't do anything in the dark, anyhow," remarked Ben. "But now
+that it's daylight maybe we can find the tents."</p>
+
+<p>"We'll help&mdash;come on!" exclaimed Bunny to his sister.</p>
+
+<p>They finished their breakfast, and, after promising to keep out of
+mischief, Bunny and Sue were allowed to go with Bunker and Ben to look
+for the missing tents.</p>
+
+<p>First they went down to the meadow where the white canvas houses had
+been first put up. The brook was higher than Bunny or Sue had ever seen
+it before, and the bent-over, twisted and muddy grass showed how high up
+in the meadow the water had come. There were some wooden pegs still left
+in the ground, to show where the tents had stood.</p>
+
+<p>"And now they're gone," said Bunny sadly.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. Carried away in the flood," remarked Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>"But maybe we'll find them," said Ben hopefully.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>They walked along the bank of the brook. About a mile farther on it
+flowed into a small river.</p>
+
+<p>"And if our tents have floated down the river we may never get them
+back," said Bunker. "Now everybody look, and whoever first sees the
+white tents, caught on a stone or on a log, tell us, and we'll try to
+get them," said Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>You may be sure Bunny and Sue kept their eyes wide open, and were very
+desirous to be the first to see the tents. It was Sue who had the first
+good look.</p>
+
+<p>As she and Bunny, with Ben, Bunker and some other big boys who had come
+to help, went around a turn in the brook, Sue, who had run on ahead, saw
+something white bobbing up and down in the water.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, there's a tent&mdash;maybe!" she cried.</p>
+
+<p>The others ran to her side.</p>
+
+<p>"So it is!" shouted Bunker. "That's the small tent, caught fast on a
+rock in the brook. We'll get that out first!"</p>
+
+<p>He and the other boys took off their shoes and stockings, and waded out
+to the tent. It was hard work to get it to shore, but they <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>finally
+managed to do it. The tent was wet and muddy, and torn in two places,
+but it could be dried out, mended and used.</p>
+
+<p>"And now for the big tent&mdash;see if <i>you</i> can find that, Bunny!" called
+Ben.</p>
+
+<p>But Bunny was not as lucky as was his sister Sue. After they had walked
+on half a mile farther, it was Bunker himself who saw the big tent,
+caught on a sunken tree, just where the brook flowed into the river.</p>
+
+<p>"Now if we get that we'll be all right," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but it isn't going to be as easy to get that as it was the little
+one," commented Ben Hall. "We'll have to work very hard to get that tent
+to shore."</p>
+
+<p>"I'll help," offered Bunny Brown, and the other boys laughed. Bunny was
+so little to offer to help get the big tent on shore.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XX</h2>
+
+<h3>THE MISSING MICE</h3>
+
+
+<p>The big tent, once used at the fair, but which the boys had now borrowed
+for their circus, was all tangled up in the water. The ropes and cloth
+were twisted and wound around among the sticks and stones, where the
+tent had drifted, after the flood of the night before had carried it
+away.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, we'll never get that out so we can use it," said Charlie Tenny, one
+of the boys who was helping Ben, Bunker and the others.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, we'll get it out," said Ben. "We've got Bunny Brown to help us you
+know."</p>
+
+<p>Some of the boys laughed, and Bunny's face grew red.</p>
+
+<p>"Now I mean just what I say!" cried Ben. "Bunny Brown is a brave little
+chap, and if it hadn't been for him and his sister Sue we big fellows
+wouldn't have thought of getting up <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>a circus show. So it's a good thing
+to have a chap like him with us, even if he is small."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny felt better after this, and he thought Ben was very kind to speak
+as he had done.</p>
+
+<p>"Splash is here, too," said Bunny. "He can get hold of a rope and pull
+like anything."</p>
+
+<p>"That's right," said Bunker Blue. "Maybe Splash can help us. He is a
+strong dog."</p>
+
+<p>"It's a good thing the tent didn't go all the way down to the river,"
+said Charlie. "Otherwise we might never have found it."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," put in Bunker. "And now let's see if we can get it to shore. It's
+not going to be easy."</p>
+
+<p>The boys worked hard, and Bunny helped. He could wade out, where the
+water was not too deep, and pull on the ropes. There were a great many
+of these ropes to hold the tent together, but now they were all tangled.</p>
+
+<p>But Ben Hall seemed to know how to untangle them, and soon the work of
+getting the tent to shore began to look easier. Splash did his share of
+work, too. He pulled on the ropes Bunker Blue handed him, shutting his
+strong, white teeth on them, and straining and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>tugging until you would
+have thought that Splash, all alone, would pull the tent ashore.</p>
+
+<p>And, finally, with all the boys and the dog and Bunny Brown pulling and
+tugging, they got the tent out of the water. It was still all twisted
+and tangled, but now that it was on shore it was easier to make smooth.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll have to get a wagon to haul it back to the meadow where we are
+going to set it up again," said Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>"My grandpa will let us take a horse and wagon," said Bunny. "He wants
+to see the circus."</p>
+
+<p>"I guess we'll have to give him a free ticket if he lets us take a horse
+and wagon to haul the tent," said Ben with a laugh. "You've a good
+grandpa, Bunny Brown."</p>
+
+<p>"Yep. I like him, and so does Sue," said the little fellow.</p>
+
+<p>Grandpa Brown very kindly said he would go down to the river himself, in
+his wagon, and help the boys bring up the tent. He did this, and he also
+helped them set it up again. This time they put the two circus tents
+farther back from the brook.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Then if it rains again, and the water gets high and makes a flood, it
+won't wash away the tents," said Bunker Blue.</p>
+
+<p>"When is the show going to be?" asked Sue. She was anxious to see it,
+and she and Bunny were waiting for the time when they could let their
+secret become known. For they had told no one yet.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, we'll have to wait a few days now, before having the circus," said
+Ben. "The tents are all wet, and we want them to dry out. Then we've got
+to make the seats all over again, because the flood carried them away. I
+guess we can't have the show until next week."</p>
+
+<p>There was much more work to be done because the flood had come and
+spoiled everything. But, after all, it did not matter much, and the boys
+set to work with jolly laughs to get the circus ready again.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue helped all they could, and the older boys were glad to
+have the children with them, because both Bunny and Sue were so
+good-natured, and said such funny things, at times, that it made the
+others laugh.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The seats for the circus were made of boards, laid across boxes, just as
+Bunny and Sue had made theirs when they gave their first Punch and Judy
+show in their barn at home.</p>
+
+<p>There were seats all around the outer edge inside the big fair tent. It
+was in this one that the real "show" was to be given. Here the big boys
+would swing on trapezes, have foot and wheelbarrow races, ride horses
+and do all sorts of tricks.</p>
+
+<p>"The people will sit here and watch us do our funny things," said Ben.
+"We're going to have clowns, and everything."</p>
+
+<p>"And what's going to be in the little tent&mdash;the army one grandpa let you
+take?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, that's for the wild animals," said Bunker Blue.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you going to have our dog Splash striped like a blue tiger again?"
+asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"No, I think we'll have some different wild animals this time," said
+Ben. "There'll be some surprises at our show."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I wish it were time now!" cried Sue.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"We've got a surprise too; haven't we, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yep!" answered her brother. "Come on out to the barn, Sue and we'll
+practise it again."</p>
+
+<p>What it was Bunny and Sue were going to do, none of the big boys could
+guess. And they did not try very hard, for they had too much to do
+themselves, getting ready for the "big" circus as they called it, for
+the first one, gotten up by Bunny and Sue, was only a little one.</p>
+
+<p>So the smaller tent was made ready for the "wild" animals, though of
+course there would really be no elephants, tigers or anything like that.
+You couldn't have them in a boys' circus, and I guess the boys didn't
+really want them. "Make-believe" was as much fun to them as it was to
+Bunny and Sue.</p>
+
+<p>There was nice, clear weather after the storm and flood, and soon the
+circus tents were dried out again. The boards were once more put across
+the boxes for seats.</p>
+
+<p>One day Bunker and Ben went into the big tent. There they saw Bunny and
+Sue tying <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>some pieces of old carpet on to some of the planks down near
+the front sawdust ring. For there was a real sawdust ring, the sawdust
+having come from grandpa's ice-house.</p>
+
+<p>"What are you putting carpet on the planks for?" asked Ben, of the two
+children.</p>
+
+<p>"To make preserved seats," answered Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Reserved seats, Sue. <i>Re</i>served&mdash;not <i>pre</i>served seats, Sue," corrected
+Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it's just the same, 'most," said Sue, as she went on tying her
+bit of carpet to a board. "We're making some nice, soft reserved seats
+for grandpa and grandma, and mother and daddy."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I see!" laughed Bunker. "That's a good idea. We can make soft seats
+for the ladies, Ben. We'll get some more pieces of old carpet and have a
+lot of reserved seats."</p>
+
+<p>And this the big boys did. Bunny and Sue, little as they were, had given
+them a good idea.</p>
+
+<p>And now began the real work of getting ready for the circus. That is the
+boys began taking into the smaller tent queer looking boxes and crates.
+These boxes and crates were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>covered with cloth or paper, so no one
+could see what was in them.</p>
+
+<p>"What are they?" asked Sue, as she and Bunny stood outside the smaller
+tent, for Bunker would not let them go inside.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, those are some of the wild animals," said the red-haired boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Really?" asked Sue, her eyes opening wide.</p>
+
+<p>"Well&mdash;really-make-believe," laughed Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>"And are the white mice there?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, the white mice are in the tent," said Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>One of the country boys, who had a lot of white mice had promised to
+lend them to the circus. He had taught them to do some little tricks,
+and this was to be a part of the show.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I can hardly wait!" cried Sue. "I want to see the circus."</p>
+
+<p>"Well you can now, in a day or so," said Bunker. "Hi there! What have
+you?" he asked of a boy who came up to the tent with a box on a
+wheelbarrow.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"This is the wild lion," was the answer.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh-o-o-o-o!" exclaimed Sue, getting closer to Bunny. "A lion!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I've got him well trained," said the boy. "He won't hurt you at
+all. He won't even roar if I tell him not to."</p>
+
+<p>Certainly the lion in the cage seemed very quiet, and the boy carried
+him very easily.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess maybe he's a baby lion," whispered Sue to Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>That afternoon there was a great deal of excitement down at the "circus
+grounds," as Bunny and Sue called the place in the meadow where the
+tents stood.</p>
+
+<p>One of the boys who had been helping Bunker and Ben, came running out of
+the tent crying:</p>
+
+<p>"They're gone! They're gone!"</p>
+
+<p>"What's gone?" asked Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"My white mice! The cage door is open and they're all gone!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXI</h2>
+
+<h3>THE BIG CIRCUS</h3>
+
+
+<p>Bunny Brown and his sister Sue looked at one another. If the white mice
+had escaped from the circus tent, some of the other animals might also
+get away. And suppose that should happen to the lion, which Ben had said
+was in one of the boxes! Just suppose!</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I guess we'd better go home, Bunny," said Sue, in a whisper.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," he answered. "I&mdash;I guess mother wants us. Come on!"</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter?" asked Bunker Blue. "I thought you were going to
+stay and help us, Bunny."</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I was. But if those mice got away&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I see!" laughed Bunker Blue. "You're afraid some of the other
+animals might also get out. But don't be afraid. We haven't any of the
+other wild beasts in here yet."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"But that&mdash;that lion," said Bunny, looking toward the animal tent.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, he's asleep," said Ben. "Besides he wouldn't hurt anyone even if he
+was out of his cage. You needn't be afraid. He's the only animal, except
+the mice, that we've put in the tent yet. But how did your mice get out,
+Sam?" he asked the boy who owned them.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know. They were all right last night, but, when I went to feed
+them this morning, the cage door was open, and they were all gone."</p>
+
+<p>"Will&mdash;will they bite?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"No, they're very tame and gentle," answered Sam. "White mice and white
+rats, you know, aren't like the other kind. I guess being colored white
+makes them kind and nice. They run all over me, in my pockets and up my
+sleeves. Sometimes they go to sleep in my pockets.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, even my mother isn't afraid of them, and she'll let them go to
+sleep in her lap, and she wouldn't do that for a black mouse or a black
+or gray rat. No sir!"</p>
+
+<p>"No, I guess not!" exclaimed Bunker.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>"Other rats and mice would bite.
+But it's too bad your white ones are gone. We'll have to find them. We
+can't have a good circus without them. Everybody help hunt for Sam's
+lost mice!" cried Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I know how to get them," said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"How?" Sam wanted to know. He and the others, including Bunny and Sue,
+had gone inside the tent to look at the empty mouse cage.</p>
+
+<p>"With cheese," answered Sue. "Don't you know the little verse: 'Once a
+trap was baited, with a piece of cheese. It tickled so a little mouse it
+almost made him sneeze.' And when your mices sneeze, when they smell the
+cheese, you could hear them, and catch them, Sam."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, maybe that would be a good plan," laughed Bunker Blue. "But do
+your mice like cheese, Sam?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, they'll eat almost anything, and they'll take it right out of my
+hand. Oh dear! I hope they come back!"</p>
+
+<p>Sam felt very bad, for he had had his white mice pets a long time, and
+had taught them to do many little tricks.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"We'll all help you look for them," said Ben. "Did you ever teach any of
+them the trick of opening the cage door?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"No," replied Sam. "I don't believe they could do that, for the door was
+fastened on the outside, and white mice haven't paws like a trained
+monkey. Maybe I didn't fasten the cage door good last night."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny!" cried Sue. "Wouldn't it be fun if we could send and get Mr.
+Winkler's monkey Wango for our circus? Wouldn't it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, maybe it would," replied Bunny. "But I don't guess we could do it.
+Come on, Sue, I'm going to look for the white mice."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," Sue said. Maybe some little girls would be afraid of mice,
+white, black or gray. But Sue was not. Perhaps it was because she knew
+Bunny was going to be with her. Then, too, Sue was very anxious to have
+the circus as good as it could be made, and if the mice were missing
+some of the people who came might not like it. So Sue and Bunny said
+they would help hunt for the lost white mice.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>With the big boys, the children looked all around the animal tent. The
+ground had been covered with straw, and the mice might be hiding in
+this, or among the boxes and barrels in the tent. But, look as every one
+did, the mice were not to be found.</p>
+
+<p>"What's in that box?" asked Sue, pointing to one covered with a horse
+blanket.</p>
+
+<p>"That's the lion," answered Bunker Blue. "But don't be afraid," he went
+on, as he saw Sue step to one side. "He's asleep now. Besides he can't
+hurt anyone. You'll see, when we have the circus."</p>
+
+<p>No one knew where the white mice had gone. Even Splash could not find
+them, though both Bunny and Sue told their dog to look for Sam's pets.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess Splash isn't a rat dog," said Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"No, and I'm glad he isn't," Sam said. "Rat dogs might think white mice
+were made for them to shake and kill, just as they shake and kill the
+other kind of rats and mice. I'd rather lose my white mice, and never
+see them again, than have them killed."</p>
+
+<p>But, even though the white mice were mis<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>sing, the circus would go on
+just the same. And now began a busy time for all the big boys. The show
+would be given in two more days, and there was much to be done before
+that time.</p>
+
+<p>Sam and Bunker Blue had painted some signs which they tacked up on
+Grandpa Brown's barn, as well as on the barns of some of the other
+farmers. Everybody was invited to come to the circus, and those who
+wanted to could give a little money to help pay for the hire of the big
+tent. Many of the farmers and their wives said they would do this.</p>
+
+<p>One by one the animal cages, which were just wooden boxes with wooden
+slats nailed in front, were brought into the animal tent. They were put
+around in a circle on the straw which covered the ground.</p>
+
+<p>In the other tent the boys had made a little wooden platform, like a
+stage. They had put up trapezes and bars, on which they could do all
+sorts of tricks, such as hanging by their hands, by their heels and even
+by their chins.</p>
+
+<p>No one except themselves knew what Bunny and his sister Sue were going
+to do. The <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span>children had kept their secret well. They had asked their
+grandma for two old bed sheets, and she had let them take the white
+pieces of cloth. Bunny and Sue were making something in the harness room
+of the barn, and they kept the door shut so no one could look in.</p>
+
+<p>It was the night before the circus, and Bunny and Sue had gone to bed.
+They were almost asleep when, in the next room, they heard their mother
+call:</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Walter!" exclaimed Mrs. Brown to her husband. "There's something
+under my bed. I'm sure it's one of the animals from the boys' circus! Do
+look and see what it is!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it can't be anything," said Mr. Brown. "All the animals are shut up
+in the tent. Besides, they are only make-believe animals, anyhow."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I'm sure <i>something</i> is under my bed!" said Mrs. Brown. "I heard
+it move. Please look!"</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Brown looked. Sue and Bunny wondered what it was their papa would
+find. They heard him say:</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span>"Oh, it's nothing but a piece of white paper. You heard it rattle in the
+wind. Come and see for yourself."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue heard their mother cross the room. She stooped down to
+look under the bed. Then she cried:</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Walter! It's alive! It isn't paper at all. It's coming out!"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, so it is!" said Mr. Brown. "I wonder what&mdash;?"</p>
+
+<p>Then Mrs. Brown screamed, and Mr. Brown laughed.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it's a mouse! It's a rat! It's a whole lot of mice!" said Bunny's
+mother.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it's a whole lot of mice, and they're white!" said Mr. Brown with
+a jolly laugh. "Hurrah! We've found the lost white mice from the boys'
+circus! You needn't be afraid of them!"</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Brown did not scream any more. She was not afraid of white mice.
+Bunny and Sue ran into the room where their mother and father were.
+There they saw their father picking up the white mice in his hands, and
+petting them. The mice seemed to like it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, where did you find them?" cried Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Under our bed," his mother said.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, how glad Sam will be!" said Sue. "Now we can have the circus all
+right."</p>
+
+<p>And so the white mice were found. They had gotten out of their cage in
+the tent, and had, somehow or other, found their way to the farmhouse.
+There they had hid themselves away, until that night when they came out
+into Mr. Brown's room.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I'm glad they are found," said Mrs. Brown. "Give them something
+to eat, and put them in a box until morning."</p>
+
+<p>This Mr. Brown did, after Bunny and Sue had held in their hands the
+queer pets, which had such funny pink eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"I want to see them do some tricks," said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Sam can hitch them to a little cart and drive them," said Bunny. "He
+told me so."</p>
+
+<p>The mice were put safely away ready for the circus the next day, and
+soon the house was quiet, with everyone asleep.</p>
+
+<p>The sun was brightly shining. There was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span>just enough wind to make it
+cool, and the weather was perfectly fine for the circus. Bunny, Sue,
+Bunker and Ben were up early that morning, for there was still much to
+do.</p>
+
+<p>Sam, the boy who owned the white mice, came over to ask if his pets had
+been found. And when told that they were safe in a box down in the
+cellar, he was very happy indeed.</p>
+
+<p>"I must put them back in their cage, and let them practise a few of
+their tricks," he said. "They may have forgotten some as they have been
+away from me so long."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue had to get their things ready. They were to have a little
+place in the big tent to dress and get ready for their act. They were
+the smallest folks in the circus, and everyone was anxious to see what
+they would do.</p>
+
+<p>On the big, as well as on the little, tent the boys had fastened flags.
+Some were the regular stars and stripes of our own country, and other
+flags were just pieces of bright-colored cloth that the boys' mothers
+had given them. But the tents looked very pretty in the bright <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span>and
+sparkling sunshine, with the gay banners fluttering.</p>
+
+<p>Just as in a real circus, the people who came were to go first into the
+animal tent, and from there on into the one with the seats, where they
+would watch the performance.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after dinner the farmers and their wives, with such of their
+children who were not taking part in the show, began to come.</p>
+
+<p>"Right this way to see the wild animals!" called Ben Hall, who was
+making believe he was a lion tamer. "This way for the wild animals! Come
+one! Come all!"</p>
+
+<p>The people crowded into the small tent. All around the sides were wooden
+boxes, with wooden slats. These were the "cages."</p>
+
+<p>"Now watch the trained white mice!" cried Ben. "The big circus is about
+to begin!"</p>
+
+<p>"Over this way! Over this way!" cried Sam, as he stood on a box with his
+trained white mice in their cage in front of him. "Right this way to see
+the wonderful trained white mice, which escaped from their cage and were
+caught by brave Mr. Brown and his wife!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Everyone clapped and laughed at that.</p>
+
+<p>Then Sam made his pink-eyed pets do many tricks. They ran up his arms to
+his shoulders, and sat on his head. Some of them jumped over sticks, and
+others through paper-covered hoops, like the horse-back riders in a real
+circus. One big white mouse climbed a ladder, and two others drew a
+little wagon, in which a third mouse sat, pretending to hold the reins.
+One big white mouse fired a toy cannon, that shot a paper cap.</p>
+
+<p>Then Sam made his mice all stand up in a line, and make a bow to the
+people.</p>
+
+<p>"That ends the white mice act!" cried Sam. "We will now show you a wild
+lion. But please don't anybody be scared, for the lion can only eat
+bread and jam, and he won't hurt you."</p>
+
+<p>"What a funny lion&mdash;to eat bread and jam," laughed Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Hush!" exclaimed Bunny. "He's going to take the blanket off the cage."</p>
+
+<p>Everyone looked to see what sort of wild lion there was in the circus.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXII</h2>
+
+<h3>BUNNY'S BRAVE ACT</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Now, ladies and gentlemen, as well as boys and girls," began Ben Hall,
+who was a sort of ring-master, in the play-circus, "I am about to show
+you that this lion does really eat bread and jam, and that he is a very
+kind and gentle lion indeed, though he can roar. Roar for the people!"
+cried Ben, shaking the horse blanket that was hung in front of the
+"lion's cage."</p>
+
+<p>The next second there came such a real "roar," that some of the smallest
+children screamed.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't be afraid!" cried Ben. "He won't hurt you. I will now raise the
+curtain, and you can see the lion."</p>
+
+<p>Slowly he pulled aside the blanket. And then everyone laughed&mdash;that is
+they did after a few seconds. For at first it did look like a real lion
+in the box.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He had a real tail, and a big, shaggy mane, and his mouth was wide open,
+showing his red tongue and his white, sharp teeth. But when you looked a
+second time you saw that it was only the skin of a lion, which had been
+made into a rug for the parlor. And it was Tom White, one of the boys
+with whom Bunny played, who was pretending to be a lion, with the skin
+rug pulled over him, and the stuffed head over his head.</p>
+
+<p>Underneath the open mouth of the lion peered out Tom's smiling face, and
+as he looked through the wooden slats of the cage Ben put in a piece of
+bread and jam, which Tom ate as he knelt there on his hands and knees.</p>
+
+<p>"See! I told you this was a kind and gentle lion, and would eat bread
+and jam," announced Ben. "I will now have him roar for you again, ladies
+and gentlemen. Roar, lion, roar!"</p>
+
+<p>But instead of roaring, Tom, for a joke, went:</p>
+
+<p>"Meaou! Meaou! Meaou!" just like a pussy cat.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Of course everyone laughed at that. The idea of a big, savage lion
+meaouing like a kitten! Tom had to laugh and then he couldn't pucker up
+his lips to meaou any more.</p>
+
+<p>"Ladies and gentlemen, as well as boys and girls," went on Ben. "We will
+now pass to the next cage. This is a real wild animal. He has sharp
+teeth, so do not go too close to his cage. He is the wild chicken-eater
+of the woods!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I wonder what that can be?" whispered Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll see in a minute," Bunny answered. The two children, as well as
+the other boys who were to take part in the show in the big tent later
+on, were now following the crowd around to see the animals.</p>
+
+<p>"Behold the wild chicken-eater of the woods!" cried Ben, as he pulled
+aside a blanket from another wooden box-cage.</p>
+
+<p>This time there was a sort of snarl and bark. It was so real that
+everyone knew this was a real animal, and not a boy dressed up in a skin
+or fur rug. Some of the little children tried to run out of the tent.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Don't be afraid!" called Ben. "He can't get loose. There he is!"</p>
+
+<p>He pulled the blanket aside and there everyone saw a small reddish
+animal, as big as a dog, with a large, bushy tail, a sharp pointed nose,
+and very bright eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?" asked Sue. "Oh! what is it?"</p>
+
+<p>"It's a fox," answered her brother. "I once saw one in the real circus
+where grandpa found his horses the Gypsies took."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it is a fox," said Ben. "And a fox just loves to eat chickens and
+live in the woods."</p>
+
+<p>"Where did you get him," Bunny asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, one of the boys caught him in a trap, and saved him for the circus.
+He is going to tame him, but the fox is quite wild yet."</p>
+
+<p>And indeed the fox was. For he jumped about, and tried to bite and
+scratch his way out of the cage. But the wooden bars were too strong for
+him.</p>
+
+<p>The people who had come to the circus gotten up by the big boys, stood
+for some time looking at the fox, which was a real wild animal. Some of
+the farmers, though they <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>had lived in the country all their lives, had
+never seen a fox before.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, if you will come down this way!" said Ben, as he started toward a
+place in the tent that had been curtained off, "I will show you our
+trained bear."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, is it real?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"You'll see," said Ben, who seemed to know how to talk and act, just
+like a real ring-master in the circus.</p>
+
+<p>Ben stood in front of the little corner of the tent, that was curtained
+off, so no one could see what was behind it.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you all ready in there?" Ben called, loudly.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, yes, all ready!" was the quick answer. And the voice did not sound
+like that of any of the boys from the nearby farms.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I didn't know a bear could talk," cried Sue, and everyone laughed,
+for the tent was very still and quiet just then, and Sue's voice was
+heard all over.</p>
+
+<p>"That wasn't the bear talking," said Ben. "It was his trainer. The man
+who makes the bear do tricks you know."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, is it a trick bear?" Sue asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"A real truly one?" Bunny wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"You'll see in a minute," Ben told her. "All ready now, Signore
+Allegretti! We are going to have you do some tricks with your trained
+bear!"</p>
+
+<p>With that Ben pulled aside the curtain, and there stood a real, live,
+truly, big brown bear, and with him was a man wearing a red cap. The man
+had hold of a chain that was fastened to a leather muzzle on the bear's
+nose.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! Oh! Oh!" cried the children.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, he's real!" gasped Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course he's real!" laughed Ben.</p>
+
+<p>"He's just like the bear the man had out in front of grandpa's house
+last week, doing tricks," said Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>A man had gone past Grandpa Brown's house with a trained bear, and he
+had stopped to make the big, shaggy animal do some tricks. Bunny and Sue
+had given the man pennies, and Grandma Brown gave him something to eat.
+The man gave part of his bread and cake to the bear.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"This is the same man," said Ben. "When I saw him, I thought he and his
+bear would be just the thing for our circus. So I asked him to come back
+to-day and give us a little show on his own account. And here he is. He
+came last night and stayed in the barn so no one would see him until it
+was time for the circus. I wanted him for a surprise."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, he is a surprise," said Bunny. "I didn't think it was a <i>real</i>
+bear."</p>
+
+<p>"Let's see him do some tricks!" called a boy.</p>
+
+<p>"All right. He do tricks for you," promised the man with the red cap.
+"Come, Alonzo. Make fun for the children. Show dem how you laugh!"</p>
+
+<p>The bear, who was named Alonzo, opened his mouth very wide, and made
+some funny noises. I suppose that was as near to laughing as a bear
+could come.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter"><img src="./images/220.jpg" alt="THERE STOOD A REAL, LIVE, TRULY, BIG BROWN BEAR" title="THERE STOOD A REAL, LIVE, TRULY, BIG BROWN BEAR" /></div>
+
+<div class='center'>THERE STOOD A REAL, LIVE, TRULY, BIG BROWN BEAR<br />
+
+<i>Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue Playing Circus.</i> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; (<i>P.</i> <a href='#Page_211'>211</a>).</div>
+
+
+<p>"Now turn a somersault!" cried the bear's trainer, and the big, shaggy
+creature did&mdash;a slow, easy somersault. Then he did other tricks, such as
+marching like a soldier, with a stick for a gun, and he pretended to
+kiss his <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>master. Then the bear danced&mdash;at least his master called it
+dancing, though of course a big, heavy bear can not dance very fast.</p>
+
+<p>"Now climb a pole!" cried the bear's master. "Climb a pole for the
+little children, and they will give us pennies to buy buns."</p>
+
+<p>There was a big pole in the middle of the animal tent, and the bear
+trainer led the animal toward it.</p>
+
+<p>"I make him climb dis!" he said.</p>
+
+<p>"Is the pole strong enough to hold him?" asked Grandpa Brown. "The bear
+is pretty heavy, I think."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, dat pole hold him! I make Alonzo climb very easy," the Italian
+bear-trainer said. "Up you go, Alonzo!"</p>
+
+<p>The bear stuck his long sharp claws in the pole. It was part of a tree
+trunk, for the regular tent pole had been broken when the tent was
+carried away in the flood.</p>
+
+<p>Up and up went the bear, until he was half way to the top. The children
+looked on with delight and even the old folks said it was a good trick.</p>
+
+<p>And then, all of a sudden, something hap<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>pened. The big centre pole,
+half way up which was the bear, began to tip over. Some of the ropes
+that held it began to slip, because they were not tied tightly enough to
+hold the pole and the bear too.</p>
+
+<p>"Look out!" called Daddy Brown. "The tent is going to fall! Run out
+everybody!"</p>
+
+<p>"They haven't time!" said Grandpa Brown. "The tent will come down on our
+heads."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny Brown stood right beside one of the ropes that held up the pole.
+Bunny saw the rope slipping, and he knew enough about ropes and sails to
+be sure that if the rope could be held the pole would not fall.</p>
+
+<p>"I've got to hold that rope!" thought Bunny. Then, like the brave little
+fellow he was, he reached forward, and grasped the rope with both hands.
+He knew he could not hold it from slipping that way, however, so he
+wound the rope around his waist as he had seen his father's sailors do
+when pulling in a heavy boat. With the rope around his waist, brave
+Bunny found himself being pulled forward as the pole swayed over more
+and more, with the bear on it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXIII</h2>
+
+<h3>BEN DOES A TRICK</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Look out!"</p>
+
+<p>"Run, everybody!"</p>
+
+<p>"Somebody help that little boy hold up the pole! He's doing it all
+alone!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bunny! Bunny Brown! You'll be hurt!"</p>
+
+<p>It was Bunny's mother who called this last. It was some of the farmers
+in the circus tent who had shouted before that, not seeming to know what
+to do. Daddy Brown and grandpa were hurrying from the other side of the
+tent to help Bunny hold the rope.</p>
+
+<p>The pole was slowly falling, the tent seemed as if it would come down,
+and the Italian was calling to his bear. As for the bear, he seemed to
+think that he ought to climb higher up on the pole. He did not seem to
+mind the fall he was going to get.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Bunny Brown, small as he was, knew what he was doing. He had seen that
+the rope, which help up the pole, ran around a little wooden wheel,
+called a pulley. If he could stop the rope from running all the way
+through the pulley, the pole would not fall down, and the tent would
+stay up.</p>
+
+<p>"And if I keep the rope tight around my waist, the end of it can't get
+over the pulley wheel," thought Bunny. He had often seen sailors do this
+with his father's boats, when they slid down the steep beach into the
+ocean.</p>
+
+<p>And then, all of a sudden, Bunny found himself jerked from his feet. He
+struck against the bottom of the tent pole, and his side hurt him a
+little, but he still held to the rope about his waist.</p>
+
+<p>"The pole has stopped falling! The pole has stopped falling!" some one
+cried.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and Bunny stopped it!" said Sue. "Oh, Bunny, are you hurted?"</p>
+
+<p>Bunny's breath was so nearly squeezed out of him that he could not
+answer for a moment. But his mother had reached him now. So had Daddy
+Brown, his grandpa and some <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span>other men. In another moment the rope that
+held up the big pole was unwound from Bunny's waist and made fast to a
+peg in the ground.</p>
+
+<p>"Now the pole can't fall!" said Grandpa Brown. "We're safe now!"</p>
+
+<p>"Is&mdash;is the tent all right?" asked Bunny, as his father picked him up in
+his arms.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, brave little boy. The tent is all right! You stopped it from
+falling on the people's heads."</p>
+
+<p>"And the bear&mdash;is the bear all right?" asked Bunny. From where his
+father held him Bunny could not see the shaggy creature.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, the bear is all right," answered Mr. Brown. "He is coming down the
+pole now."</p>
+
+<p>"That bear is too big and heavy to climb the tent pole," said Grandpa
+Brown. "He is too fat. But it's lucky Bunny grabbed that rope."</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I saw it slipping," said Bunny, "and I&mdash;I just grabbed it!"</p>
+
+<p>The bear came to the ground, and made a low bow, as his master had
+taught him to do. The tent pole was now made tight and fast, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span>and the
+circus could go on again. Some of the ladies, with their little boys and
+girls, who had run out of the tent when they thought it was going to
+fall, now came back again.</p>
+
+<p>"The show in the animal tent is now over," said Ben Hall. "We invite
+you, one and all, into the next tent where we will do some real circus
+tricks."</p>
+
+<p>"And there's preserved seats for grandpa and grandma, and daddy and
+mother!" called out Sue, so clearly that everyone heard her. "The
+preserved seats have carpet on," said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"Reserved seats, Sue, not preserved," said Bunny in a shrill whisper,
+and everyone who heard him laughed.</p>
+
+<p>Into the big tent, with its rows of seats around the elevated stage and
+sawdust ring the people walked. They were still laughing at the funny
+sights they had seen, the lion, made from a parlor rug, with a boy
+inside it. And they were talking about Bunny's brave act, in stopping
+the pole of the tent from falling down.</p>
+
+<p>"You and Sue go and get ready for what <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span>you are to do," whispered Bunker
+Blue to the two children. "I'll tell you when it's your turn to come out
+on the stage."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," answered Bunny. "Come on, Sue. Now's the time for our
+secret."</p>
+
+<p>He and Sue went into a little dressing room that had been made
+especially for them. It was a part of the big tent, curtained off with
+blankets.</p>
+
+<p>In this little room Bunny and Sue, earlier in the day, had taken the
+things they needed to do their "trick." You will soon learn what it was
+they had kept secret so long.</p>
+
+<p>It took some little time for all the people to take their places in the
+"preserved" seats, as Sue called them. Daddy Brown and his wife, and
+grandpa and grandma were given places well down in front, where they
+could see all that went on.</p>
+
+<p>"The first act!" cried Ben Hall, "will be some fancy riding on a horse,
+by Ted Kennedy! Come on, Ted!" he called.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Ben's dressed up like a real clown!" called Bunny to Sue, as they
+looked out between their blanket curtains, and saw what <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span>was going on.
+Ben had made himself a clown suit out of some calico. With a pointed cap
+on his head, and his face all streaked with red and white chalk, he
+looked just like a real clown in a real circus. Ben and some of the
+others had "dressed up," while the people were taking their seats in the
+big tent.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, look, Bunny!" cried Sue. "It's a real horse Ted is riding!"</p>
+
+<p>And so it was. When Ben called for the first act, in came Ted riding on
+the back of one of his father's farm horses. Ted wore an old bathing
+suit, on which he had sewed some pieces of colored rags, and some small
+sleigh bells, that jingled when he danced about on the back of the
+horse. For the horse was such a slow one, with such a broad back, that
+there was no danger of Ted's falling off.</p>
+
+<p>Around and around the sawdust ring rode Ted. Now he would stand on his
+hands, and again on his feet. Then he would sit down and ride backwards.
+Finally, when the horse was going a little faster Ted jumped off, jumped
+on again, and then turned a somersault in the air.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter"><img src="./images/230.jpg" alt="OUT CAME BUNNY, THE SCARECROW BOY, AND SUE, THE JACK-O'-LANTERN GIRL." title="OUT CAME BUNNY, THE SCARECROW BOY, AND SUE, THE JACK-O'-LANTERN GIRL." /></div>
+
+<div class='center'>OUT CAME BUNNY, THE SCARECROW BOY, AND SUE, THE JACK-O'-LANTERN GIRL.<br />
+
+<i>Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue Playing Circus.</i> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; (<i>P.</i> <a href='#Page_224'>224</a>).</div>
+
+
+<p>"Wasn't that great, Bunny?" cried Sue, who was watching.</p>
+
+<p>"It sure was. But hurry up, or we'll be late."</p>
+
+<p>The people clapped and laughed as Ted rode out of the ring after his
+act. Then came more of the circus tricks. Two of the bigger boys
+pretended they were an elephant. One was the hind legs and tail and the
+other boy was the front legs and trunk. The boys were covered with a
+suit of dark cloth, almost the color of an elephant, and when they
+walked around the ring it was very funny. Then a little boy was given a
+ride on the "elephant's back." He liked it very much.</p>
+
+<p>Two other boys pretended they were horses, with long bunches of grass
+for tails. Each one took a smaller boy on his back, and then these "boy
+horses" raced around the sawdust ring.</p>
+
+<p>Two of the girls were dressed up like real circus ladies, one in a pink,
+and the other in a blue dress, made from mosquito netting. They sat on
+sawhorses, which Bunker Blue got from the village carpenter shop. And
+though the sawhorses could not run, or gal<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span>lop, or even trot, the girls
+pretended they could, and they had such a funny make-believe race that
+everyone laughed. The girls even jumped through paper hoops, just as the
+real riders do in a circus.</p>
+
+<p>Then there was a wheelbarrow race between two boys, each of whom had to
+push another boy around the tent. All went well until one of the clowns
+put a pail of water in front of one of the wheelbarrows. Over this pail
+the boy stumbled, and he and the one he was wheeling got all wet.</p>
+
+<p>But it was only in fun, and no one minded. There were several boys who
+did fancy tricks on the trapeze bars. They hung by their arms and legs,
+and "turned themselves inside out," as Bunny called it.</p>
+
+<p>Other boys did some high and broad jumping, while Bunker Blue pretended
+he was the big strong giant man, who could lift heavy weights. But the
+weights were only empty pasteboard boxes, painted black to look like
+iron. Bunker pretended it was very hard to lift them, but of course it
+was easy, for they were very light.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>One boy, Tommie Lutken, did a very good trick though. He walked on a
+tight rope stretched from one end of the tent to the other. This was a
+real trick, and Tommie had practised nearly two weeks before he could do
+it. He walked back and forth without falling. But when the people
+clapped, and wanted him to do it again, Tommie did not do so well. He
+slipped and fell, but he did not get hurt.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Bunny and Sue, it's your turn!" called Ben to them, when he came
+out of the ring, after having done some funny clown tricks. "Are you all
+ready?"</p>
+
+<p>"All ready!" answered Bunny. "Come on, Sue."</p>
+
+<p>Out of their dressing room the children came, and when the people saw
+them they laughed and clapped their hands. For Bunny was dressed like a
+scarecrow out of a cornfield, with a suit of such ragged and patched
+clothes on that it is a wonder they did not fall off him. He had a black
+mask, cut out of cloth, over his face, and he held his arms and legs
+stiff, just as the wooden and straw scarecrow does in the cornfield.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>And Sue! You'd never guess how she was dressed.</p>
+
+<p>She was a <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'Jack o'lantern'">Jack-o'-lantern</ins>. She and Bunny had scooped the inside out of a
+big yellow pumpkin, and had made it thin and hollow. Then they had cut a
+hole in the bottom, made eyes, a nose and mouth, and Sue put the pumpkin
+over her head.</p>
+
+<p>From her shoulders to her feet Sue was covered with an old sheet, and as
+she walked along it looked just as if a real, Hallowe'en Jack-o'-lantern
+had come to life.</p>
+
+<p>Out on to the wooden platform of the circus tent went Bunny, the
+scarecrow boy, and Sue, the Jack-o'-lantern girl. They made little bows
+to each other, and then to the audience, and then they did a funny
+dance, while Bunker Blue played on his mouth organ.</p>
+
+<p>"Say, isn't that just fine of our children?" whispered Mother Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"It certainly is," said Daddy.</p>
+
+<p>Up and down the platform danced Bunny and Sue. They were the smallest
+ones in the circus, and everyone said they were just "too cute for
+anything."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>There were many more tricks done by the boys in the tent, and the circus
+was a great success. Ben and the other clowns made lots of fun. They
+threw water on one another, beat each other with cloth clubs, stuffed
+with sawdust, which didn't hurt any more than a feather.</p>
+
+<p>"And now I will do my great jumping trick!" called Ben, "and then the
+show will be over. I am going to jump over fourteen elephants and ten
+camels."</p>
+
+<p>At the end of the tent was a long board, which sprang up and down like a
+teeter tauter. It was called a spring-board, and some of the boys had
+made their jumps from it, turning somersaults in the air, and falling
+down in a pile of soft hay.</p>
+
+<p>Ben asked some of the boys to stand in a line at the end of the spring
+board.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll just pretend these boys are elephants and camels," said Ben, "as
+it's hard to get real camels and elephants this summer. But I will now
+make my big jump."</p>
+
+<p>Ben went to the far end of the spring board. He gave a run down it, and
+then <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>jumped off the springy end. Up in the air he went, and, as he shot
+forward, over the heads of the boys standing in a line, Ben turned first
+one, then two, and then three somersaults in the air.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, look at that!"</p>
+
+<p>"Say, that's great!"</p>
+
+<p>"How did he do it?"</p>
+
+<p>"He must be a regular circus performer!"</p>
+
+<p>"Do it again! Do it again!"</p>
+
+<p>Everyone was shouting at once, it seemed. Ben landed on a pile of soft
+hay. He stood up, made a low bow, and kissed his hand to the audience,
+as performers do in the circus.</p>
+
+<p>A strange man, who had come into the circus a little while before,
+started toward Ben Hall. Ben stood there bowing and smiling until he saw
+this man.</p>
+
+<p>"Come here a minute, Ben. I want to talk to you," said the man.</p>
+
+<p>But Ben, after one look at the stranger, gave a jump, crawled under the
+tent and ran away, all dressed as he was in the clown suit.</p>
+
+<p>"Why&mdash;why! What did he do that for?" asked Bunny Brown, very much
+surprised.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXIV</h2>
+
+<h3>BEN'S SECRET</h3>
+
+
+<p>Everyone was looking at the place where Ben Hall had slid out under the
+edge of the tent and run away. Why he had done it no one knew.</p>
+
+<p>Then all eyes were turned toward the strange man who had come into the
+tent just in time to see Ben's big jump, and his three somersaults. The
+man was a stranger. No one seemed to know him.</p>
+
+<p>This man stood for a moment, also looking at the place where Ben had
+slipped under the tent. Then he cried out:</p>
+
+<p>"Well, he's got away again! I must catch him!"</p>
+
+<p>Then the man ran out of the tent.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it all about?" asked Mother Brown. "Is this a part of the
+circus, Bunny?"</p>
+
+<p>But Bunny did not know; neither did his <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span>sister Sue. They were as much
+surprised as anyone at Ben's strange act. And they did not know who the
+man was, at the sight of whom Ben had seemed so frightened.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll see what it's about," said Grandpa Brown.</p>
+
+<p>He hurried out of the tent, but soon came back again.</p>
+
+<p>"Ben isn't in sight," Grandpa Brown said, "and that queer man is running
+across the fields."</p>
+
+<p>"Is he chasing after Ben?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, he may be. But if I can't see Ben, I don't see how the man can,
+either. I don't know what it all means."</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe the man was a Gypsy," said Sue, "and he wants to catch Ben, same
+as the Gypsies took grandpa's horses."</p>
+
+<p>"Gypsies don't take boys and girls," said Mrs. Brown. "Besides, that man
+didn't look like a Gypsy. There is something queer about it all."</p>
+
+<p>"I always said that boy, Ben, was queer," asserted Grandpa Brown. "He
+has acted queerly from the time he came here so hun<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span>gry. But he was a
+good boy, and he worked well, I'll say that for him. I hope he isn't in
+trouble."</p>
+
+<p>"Will he&mdash;will he come back?" Sue wanted to know.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know, my dear," answered her grandfather. "I hope so."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope so, too!" declared Sue. "I like Ben."</p>
+
+<p>"He ran as soon as he saw that man," observed Bunker Blue.</p>
+
+<p>"Did he ever tell you anything about himself?" asked Mr. Brown. "You
+were with Ben most of the time, Bunker."</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir, he never told me anything about himself. But he seemed to know
+a lot about circuses. I asked him if he was ever with one, but he would
+never tell me."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I don't know that we can do anything," said grandpa. "If Ben
+comes back we'll treat him right, and if he is in trouble we will help
+him. But, since he is gone, there is no use trying to find him."</p>
+
+<p>The circus was over. The boys who had brought their pets to the show
+took them home <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span>again. It was now late afternoon, and Grandpa Brown said
+the boys could leave the tents up until next day, as there was no sign
+of a storm.</p>
+
+<p>"You can take them down then," he said to Bunker Blue. "My tent we'll
+store away in the barn, until Bunny and Sue want to give another circus.
+The big fair tent can also be taken down to-morrow and put away. But
+everyone is too tired to do all that work to-night."</p>
+
+<p>That evening, in grandpa's farmhouse, after supper, nothing was talked
+of but the circus, and what had happened at it. Everyone said it was the
+best children's circus they had ever seen.</p>
+
+<p>"But poor Ben!" exclaimed Bunny. "I wonder where he is?"</p>
+
+<p>"Did he have his supper?" asked Sue.</p>
+
+<p>No one knew, for Ben had not come back. It was dark now. The cows and
+horses had been fed. The chickens had had their supper, and gone to
+roost long ago. Bunny, Sue and all the others had had a good meal. But
+Ben was not around. Everyone felt sad.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I wonder why he ran away," pondered Bunker Blue, over and over again,
+"I wonder why he ran away, as soon as he saw that man."</p>
+
+<p>No one knew.</p>
+
+<p>Early the next morning Bunny Brown and his sister Sue arose and came
+down stairs to breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>"Did Ben come back?" was the first question they asked.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Grandma Brown. "He didn't come back."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, dear!" sighed Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"It's too bad!" said Bunny. Then he crooked and wiggled one of his fat
+little fingers at Sue. She knew what that meant. It meant Bunny had
+something to whisper to her.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?" she asked, when grandma had gone out into the kitchen to
+get some more bread and butter.</p>
+
+<p>"Hush! Don't tell anyone," whispered Bunny. "But we'll go and look for
+him and bring him back."</p>
+
+<p>"Bring who back?"</p>
+
+<p>"Ben Hall. We'll go look for him, Sue."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"But we don't know where to find him."</p>
+
+<p>"We'll take Splash," announced Bunny. "Splash likes Ben, and our dog
+will find him. We'll go right after breakfast."</p>
+
+<p>And as soon as they had brushed their teeth, which they did after each
+meal, Bunny Brown and his sister Sue started out to find Ben Hall, who
+had run away from the circus the day before.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny and Sue did not want to go very far away from grandpa's house.
+They, themselves, had been lost a number of times, and they did not want
+this to happen again. But they thought there would be no harm in just
+walking across the meadow where Ben had last been seen. From the meadow
+grandpa's house was in plain sight, and if Bunny and Sue did not stray
+into the wood, which was at the further side of the meadow, they could
+not lose their way.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope we can find Ben," said Sue.</p>
+
+<p>"So do I," echoed Bunny. "Come on Splash, find Ben!"</p>
+
+<p>The big dog barked and ran on ahead.</p>
+
+<p>Bunker Blue, and some of the boys who had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span>helped get up the circus,
+were now taking down the big tent. It was to be folded up, put on a
+wagon, and taken to the town hall where it was kept when not in use.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm going to be a circus man when I grow up," said Bunny, as he looked
+back, and saw the white tent fluttering to the ground, as the ropes
+holding it up were loosened.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm not," said Sue. "I&mdash;I'd be afraid of the wild animals. I'm just
+going to ride in an automobile when I get big."</p>
+
+<p>"You can ride in mine," offered Bunny. "I'm going to have an automobile,
+even if I am a circus man."</p>
+
+<p>Over the meadow went the two children and Splash their dog, looking for
+Ben Hall. But they did not see him, nor did they see the strange man who
+had run after him out of the tent. Bunny and Sue went almost to the
+patch of woodland. Then they turned back, for they did not want to get
+lost.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess we can't find him," said Bunny sadly.</p>
+
+<p>"No," agreed Sue. "Let's go back."</p>
+
+<p>When the children reached grandpa's <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span>house again, the big tent was down,
+and Bunker and the other boys were gone. They were taking the tent back.
+The smaller tent&mdash;the one Grandpa Brown had loaned&mdash;was still up.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's go in it and rest," said Bunny. "We can make believe we are
+camping out."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," agreed Sue.</p>
+
+<p>Into the tent they went. All the wooden boxes, that had been used as
+cages for the make-believe wild animals, had been taken out. There was
+only some straw piled up in one corner.</p>
+
+<p>"Watch me jump!" cried Bunny. He gave a run and landed on something in
+the pile of soft straw. Something in the straw grunted and yelled. Then
+some one sat up. Bunny Brown rolled over and over out of the way.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh! Oh!" cried Sue. "What is it?"</p>
+
+<p>But she did not need to ask twice. She saw a big boy, dressed in a funny
+clown's suit, standing up in the straw. Bunny was now sitting up, and
+he, too, was looking at the clown.</p>
+
+<p>"Why&mdash;why," said Sue, "It's Ben! It's our Ben!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"So it is!" cried Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered Ben, rubbing his eyes, for he had been asleep in the
+straw when Bunny jumped on him. "Yes, I've come back. I stayed in the
+field, under a haystack all night, but I couldn't stand it any longer. I
+had to come back."</p>
+
+<p>"What'd you run away for?" asked Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Because I was afraid he'd catch me," Ben answered.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean that&mdash;that man," whispered Bunny.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes."</p>
+
+<p>"He isn't here," said Sue. "Did you stay in this tent all the while,
+Ben?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, Sue. I ran across the field when I saw that man looking at me,
+after I made my big jump. I ran over to the woods and hid. Then, when it
+got dark, I crept back and hid under the hay stack. A little while ago,
+when I saw Bunker and the other boys drive away with the big tent, I
+came back here. I'm awfully hungry!"</p>
+
+<p>"We'll get you something to eat," said Sue. "Won't we, Bunny?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Sure we will. But come on up to the house, Ben. That man isn't there,
+and we won't let him hurt you. What's it all about, anyhow?"</p>
+
+<p>"I guess I'll have to tell your folks my secret," Ben answered.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, have you a secret, too?" asked Sue, clapping her hands. "How nice!"</p>
+
+<p>"No, it isn't very nice," said Ben. "But I guess I will go and ask your
+grandmother for something to eat. I'm terribly hungry!"</p>
+
+<p>Holding the hands of Bunny Brown and his sister Sue, Ben, the strange
+boy, who had been so queerly found under the straw in the tent, walked
+toward grandpa's house.</p>
+
+<p>"Well land sakes! Where'd you come from?" asked Grandma Brown, as she
+saw him. "And such a looking sight! You look as if you'd slept in a barn
+all night!"</p>
+
+<p>"I did&mdash;almost," said Ben, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, come in and get that clown suit off you," said Mrs. Brown. "Then
+tell us all about it. What made you run away?"</p>
+
+<p>"I was afraid that man would get me," said Ben.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Why should he want to get you?" asked Daddy Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"Because I ran away from his circus where I used to do tricks," Ben
+answered. "That's my secret. I used to be a regular circus performer,
+but I couldn't stand it any longer, and I ran away. I didn't want you to
+know it, so I didn't tell you. But that man, who came into the tent when
+I was doing the same jump I used to do in the regular circus&mdash;that man
+knew me. I thought he had come to take me back, and I didn't want to go.
+So I ran away."</p>
+
+<p>"You poor boy!" said Grandma Brown.</p>
+
+<p>There came a knock on the door, and when Mrs. Brown opened it there
+stood the same man from whom Ben had run away the day before.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, you're back again I see!" said the man.</p>
+
+<p>Ben dropped his knife and fork on his plate, and looked around for a
+place to hide. Everyone was silent, waiting for what would happen next.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XXV</h2>
+
+<h3>BACK HOME AGAIN</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Now don't be afraid, Ben," said the man. "I'm not going to hurt you."</p>
+
+<p>"Are you&mdash;are you going to make me go back to the circus?" Ben asked
+slowly.</p>
+
+<p>"Not unless you want to go, though we want you back with us very much,
+for we have missed you," the man replied.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll not go back to be beaten the way I was!" cried Ben. "I can't stand
+that. That's why I ran away."</p>
+
+<p>"You can just stay with us; can't he Mother?" pleaded Sue. "He can work
+on grandpa's farm with Bunker Blue."</p>
+
+<p>"What does all this mean?" asked Grandpa Brown of the strange man who
+had knocked at the door. "Are you after Ben?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir, I am after Ben," was the answer, and the man smiled. "I have
+been looking for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span>him for a long time, and I am glad I have found him. I
+will take him back with me if he will come, and I will make him a
+promise that he will no more be whipped. I never knew anything about
+that until after he had run away from my circus."</p>
+
+<p>"Did you really do that, Ben?" asked Bunny. "Run away?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. That was where I came from that night I begged a meal here&mdash;a
+circus. But I'll go back, for I like being in a circus, if I'm not
+beaten."</p>
+
+<p>"Tell us all about it," said grandpa.</p>
+
+<p>"I will," answered the man. "My name is James Hooper. I own a small
+circus, with some other men, and we travel about the country, giving
+performances in small towns and cities. This boy, Ben Hall, has been in
+our show ever since he was a baby. His father and mother were both
+circus people, but they died last year, and Ben, who had learned to do
+many tricks, and who knew something about animals, was such a bright
+chap that I kept him with us. I was going to make a circus performer of
+him."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"And I wanted very much to be one&mdash;a clown," said Ben. "But the head
+clown was so mean to me, and whipped me so much, that I made up my mind
+to run away, and I did."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know that I blame you," said Mr. Hooper. "I never knew that you
+had such a hard time. I supposed you ran away just for fun, and I tried
+to find you. I asked about you in all the places where we stopped, but
+no one had seen you."</p>
+
+<p>"I have been here ever since I left your show," explained Ben. "I like
+it here, but I like the circus better. How did you find me?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, our circus is showing in a town about three miles from here,"
+said Mr. Hooper. "Over there, in that town, I heard about a little
+circus some boys and girls were getting up here, and&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Bunny and I got up the circus first," said Sue, "and then the big boys
+made one, but we acted in it."</p>
+
+<p>"I see!" laughed Mr. Hooper. "Well, I heard about your circus over here,
+so I came to ask if any of you had seen Ben. I walked into the tent, and
+there I saw him doing the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span>jump and somersaults he used to do in our
+tent. I knew him right away, but before I could speak to him he ran
+away.</p>
+
+<p>"I ran after him, hoping I could tell him how much we wanted him back,
+but I could not catch up to him. So I went back to my circus, and made
+up my mind I'd come back here again to-day. I'm glad I did, for now I've
+found you, Ben."</p>
+
+<p>Ben told Mr. Hooper, just as he had told Bunny and Sue, about sleeping
+all night out in the field, under a pile of hay, and then of creeping
+back to sleep in the tent.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, do you want to come back with me, or stay here on the farm?"
+asked Mr. Hooper. "I'll promise that you'll be well treated, Ben, and
+the head clown, who was so mean to you, isn't with us any more. You
+won't be whipped again, and you'll have a chance to become a head clown
+yourself."</p>
+
+<p>"Then I'll come back with you," said the circus boy. "I'm very much
+obliged to you, for all you've done for me," he said to Grandpa Brown
+and Grandma Brown, "and I hope you won't be mad at me if I go away."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Not if you think it best to go," said grandpa. "You have been a good
+boy while here, and you have more than earned your board. I don't like
+to lose you, but if you want to be a clown, the circus is the best place
+for you."</p>
+
+<p>"All his folks were circus people," said Mr. Hooper. "And when that's
+the case the young folks nearly always stay in the same business. Ben
+will make a good clown when he grows up, and he will be a good jumper,
+too."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm going to be a circus man," said Bunny. "Can I be in your show, Mr.
+Hooper?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we'll see about that when you get a little older. But you and
+your sister can come and see our circus, any time you wish, for nothing.
+I watched you two do your scarecrow and pumpkin dance, and you did it
+very well."</p>
+
+<p>Bunny Brown and his sister Sue were pleased to hear this.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it was a pretty good circus for young folks to get up all by
+themselves," said Grandpa Brown. "But how soon do you have to take Ben
+away with you, Mr. Hooper?"</p>
+
+<p>"As soon as I can, Mr. Brown. Our show <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span>is going to move on to-night,
+and I'd like to have Ben back in his old place if you can let him go."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes," said Grandpa Brown. "He can go. I hope you'll be happy, Ben."</p>
+
+<p>"I'll look well after him, and he shall have no more trouble," said Mr.
+Hooper. Then Ben told what a hard time he had after he ran away from the
+circus. He had to sleep in old barns, and under hay-stacks, and he had
+very little to eat. And when he came to grandpa's house he did not tell
+that he had run away from the show, for fear some one would make him go
+back to the bad clown who beat him.</p>
+
+<p>But everything came out all right, you see, and Ben was happy once more.
+Of course, Bunny and Sue felt sorry to have their friend leave them, but
+it could not be helped.</p>
+
+<p>"But we'll be going back home ourselves pretty soon," said Daddy Brown.</p>
+
+<p>Bunker Blue and Ben Hall shook hands and said they hoped they would see
+each other again.</p>
+
+<p>"And to think," said Bunker, "that you <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span>were from a circus all the time,
+and never told us! But I sort of thought you were, for you knew so much
+about ropes, and putting up tents, making tricks and acts and pretend
+wild animals, and all that."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered Ben with a laugh, "sometimes it was pretty hard not to
+do some of the other tricks I had learned in the circus. I didn't want
+you to find out about me, but the secret came out, anyhow."</p>
+
+<p>"Just like ours about the scarecrow and the pumpkin!" laughed Bunny
+Brown. "Wasn't ours a good secret?"</p>
+
+<p>"It certainly was!" cried Mother Brown.</p>
+
+<p>That night Ben Hall said good-bye to Bunny, Sue and all the others, and
+went back to the real circus with Mr. Hooper.</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder if we'll ever see him again?" asked Bunny, a little sadly.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps you will," said his father.</p>
+
+<p>The vacation of Bunny and Sue, on grandpa's farm was at an end. In a few
+days they were to go back to their home, near the ocean.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, but we have had such fun here; haven't we, Bunny?" cried Sue.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Indeed we have," he said. "Jolly good fun!"</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder what we'll do next?" Sue asked.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," answered her brother.</p>
+
+<p>But, as I happen to know, I'll tell you. Bunny and Sue went on another
+journey, and you may read all about it in the next book in this series,
+which will be named: "Bunny Brown and His Sister Sue at Aunt Lu's City
+Home."</p>
+
+<p>In that book I'll tell you all the funny things the little boy and girl
+saw, and did, when they were in the big city of New York. It was quite
+different from being on grandpa's farm in the country.</p>
+
+<p>One morning, about two weeks after the play-circus had been given, and
+Ben Hall had gone back to the real show, to learn to be a clown, Bunker
+Blue brought the great big automobile up to the farmhouse.</p>
+
+<p>"All aboard!" cried Bunker. "All aboard for Bellemere and Sandport Bay!
+Come on, Bunny and Sue!"</p>
+
+<p>Into the automobile, that was like a little house on wheels, climbed
+Bunny and Sue.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span>Mr. and Mrs. Brown also got in. Bunker sat on the front
+seat to steer. There were good things to eat in the automobile, and the
+little beds were all made up, with freshly ironed sheets, so when night
+came, everyone would have a good sleep. Splash sat up on the front seat
+with Bunker.</p>
+
+<p>"Good-bye! Good-bye!" called Bunny and Sue, waving their hands out of a
+window.</p>
+
+<p>"Good-bye!" answered grandma and Grandpa Brown.</p>
+
+<p>"Good-bye!" called the hired man.</p>
+
+<p>"Bow-wow!" barked Splash.</p>
+
+<p>"Chug-chug!" went the automobile, and, after a safe and pleasant
+journey, Bunny Brown and his sister Sue safely reached home, ready for
+new fun and fresh adventures which they had in plenty. And so we will
+all say good-bye to them.</p>
+
+
+<h2>THE END</h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>THE BUNNY BROWN SERIES</h2>
+
+
+<h3>By LAURA LEE HOPE</h3>
+
+<div class='center'>Author of the Popular "Bobbsey Twins" Books</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'>Wrapper and text illustrations drawn by</div>
+
+<div class='center'><big>FLORENCE ENGLAND NOSWORTHY</big></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b>12mo. DURABLY BOUND. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;ILLUSTRATED.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; UNIFORM STYLE OF BINDING</b></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p>These stories by the author of the "Bobbsey Twins" Books are eagerly
+welcomed by the little folks from about five to ten years of age. Their
+eyes fairly dance with delight at the lively doings of inquisitive
+little Bunny Brown and his cunning, trustful sister Sue.</p>
+
+<p>Bunny was a lively little boy, very inquisitive. When he did anything,
+Sue followed his leadership. They had many adventures, some comical in
+the extreme.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Bunny Brown Longer List">
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE ON GRANDPA'S FARM</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE PLAYING CIRCUS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AT CAMP REST-A-WHILE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AT AUNT LU'S CITY HOME</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE IN THE BIG WOODS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE ON AN AUTO TOUR</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AND THEIR SHETLAND PONY</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE GIVING A SHOW</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AT CHRISTMAS TREE COVE</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><span class="smcap">Grosset &amp; Dunlap, &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Publishers,&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; New York</span></div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>THE GIRLS OF CENTRAL HIGH SERIES</h2>
+
+
+<h3>By GERTRUDE W. MORRISON</h3>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b>12mo. BOUND IN CLOTH. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ILLUSTRATED.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; UNIFORM STYLE OF BINDING</b></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p>Here is a series full of the spirit of high school life of to-day. The
+girls are real flesh-and-blood characters, and we follow them with
+interest in school and out. There are many contested matches on track
+and field, and on the water, as well as doings in the classroom and on
+the school stage. There is plenty of fun and excitement, all clean, pure
+and wholesome.</p>
+
+
+<div><br />THE GIRLS OF CENTRAL HIGH<br />
+Or Rivals for all Honors.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>A stirring tale of high school life, full of fun, with
+a touch of mystery and a strange initiation.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE GIRLS OF CENTRAL HIGH ON LAKE LUNA<br />
+Or The Crew That Won.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Telling of water sports and fun galore, and of fine
+times in camp.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE GIRLS OF CENTRAL HIGH AT BASKETBALL<br />
+Or The Great Gymnasium Mystery.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Here we have a number of thrilling contests at
+basketball and in addition, the solving of a mystery
+which had bothered the high school authorities for a
+long while.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE GIRLS OF CENTRAL HIGH ON THE STAGE<br />
+Or The Play That Took the Prize.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>How the girls went in for theatricals and how one of
+them wrote a play which afterward was made over for the
+professional stage and brought in some much-needed
+money.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE GIRLS OF CENTRAL HIGH ON TRACK AND FIELD<br />
+Or The Girl Champions of the School League</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>This story takes in high school athletics in their most
+approved and up-to-date fashion. Full of fun and
+excitement.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE GIRLS OF CENTRAL HIGH IN CAMP<br />
+Or The Old Professor's Secret.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The girls went camping on Acorn Island and had a
+delightful time at boating, swimming and picnic
+parties.</p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><span class="smcap"><b>Grosset &amp; Dunlap, &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Publishers,&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; New York</b></span></div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>THE OUTDOOR GIRLS SERIES</h2>
+
+
+<h3>By LAURA LEE HOPE</h3>
+
+<div class='center'>Author of the "Bobbsey Twin Books" and "Bunny Brown" Series.</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b>12mo. BOUND IN CLOTH. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ILLUSTRATED.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; UNIFORM STYLE OF BINDING</b></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p>These tales take in the various adventures participated in by several
+bright, up-to-date girls who love outdoor life. They are clean and
+wholesome, free from sensationalism, absorbing from the first chapter to
+the last.</p>
+
+
+<div>THE OUTDOOR GIRLS OF DEEPDALE<br />
+Or Camping and Tramping for Fun and Health.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Telling how the girls organized their Camping and
+Tramping Club, how they went on a tour, and of various
+adventures which befell them.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE OUTDOOR GIRLS AT RAINBOW LAKE<br />
+Or Stirring Cruise of the Motor Boat Gem.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>One of the girls becomes the proud possessor of a motor
+boat and invites her club members to take a trip down
+the river to Rainbow Lake, a beautiful sheet of water
+lying between the mountains.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE OUTDOOR GIRLS IN A MOTOR CAR<br />
+Or The Haunted Mansion of Shadow Valley.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>One of the girls has learned to run a big motor car,
+and she invites the club to go on a tour to visit some
+distant relatives. On the way they stop at a deserted
+mansion and make a surprising discovery.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE OUTDOOR GIRLS IN A WINTER CAMP
+Or Glorious Days on Skates and Ice Boats.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>In this story, the scene is shifted to a winter season.
+The girls have some jolly times skating and ice
+boating, and visit a hunters' camp in the big woods.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE OUTDOOR GIRLS IN FLORIDA.<br />
+Or Wintering in the Sunny South.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The parents of one of the girls have bought an orange
+grove in Florida, and her companions are invited to
+visit the place. They take a trip into the interior,
+where several unusual things happen.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE OUTDOOR GIRLS AT OCEAN VIEW<br />
+Or The Box that Was Found in the Sand.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The girls have great fun and solve a mystery while on
+an outing along the New England coast.</p></div>
+
+
+<div><br />THE OUTDOOR GIRLS ON PINE ISLAND<br />
+Or A Cave and What it Contained.</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>A bright, healthful story, full of good times at a
+bungalow camp on Pine Island.</p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b><span class="smcap">Grosset &amp; Dunlap, &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Publishers,&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; New York</span></b></div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>THE BOBBSEY TWINS BOOKS</h2>
+
+
+<div class='center'>For Little Men and Women</div>
+
+<h3>By LAURA LEE HOPE</h3>
+
+<div class='center'>Author of "The Bunny Brown" Series, Etc.</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b>12mo. DURABLY BOUND. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ILLUSTRATED.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; UNIFORM STYLE OF BINDING</b></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p>Copyright publications which cannot be obtained elsewhere. Books that
+charm the hearts of the little ones, and of which they never tire.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Bobbsey's Longer List">
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS IN THE COUNTRY</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT THE SEASHORE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT SCHOOL</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT SNOW LODGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS ON A HOUSEBOAT</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT MEADOW BROOK</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT HOME</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS IN A GREAT CITY</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS ON BLUEBERRY ISLAND</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS ON THE DEEP BLUE SEA</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOBBSEY TWINS IN THE GREAT WEST</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b><span class="smcap">Grosset &amp; Dunlap, &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Publishers,&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; New York</span></b></div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS SERIES</h2>
+
+
+<h3>By VICTOR APPLETON</h3>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b>12mo. BOUND IN CLOTH. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ILLUSTRATED.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; UNIFORM STYLE OF BINDING</b></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+<p>Moving pictures and photo plays are famous the world over, and in this
+line of books the reader is given a full description of how the films
+are made&mdash;the scenes of little dramas, indoors and out, trick pictures
+to satisfy the curious, soul-stirring pictures of city affairs, life in
+the Wild West, among the cowboys and Indians, thrilling rescues along
+the seacoast, the daring of picture hunters in the jungle among savage
+beasts, and the great risks run in picturing conditions in a land of
+earthquakes. The volumes teem with adventures and will be found
+interesting from first chapter to last.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Moving Picture Boys">
+<tr><td align='left'>THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or Perils of a Great City Depicted.<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS IN THE WEST<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or Taking Scenes Among the Cowboys and Indians.<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS ON THE COAST<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or Showing the Perils of the Deep.<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS IN THE JUNGLE<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or Stirring Times Among the Wild Animals.<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS IN EARTHQUAKE LAND<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or Working Amid Many Perils.<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS AND THE FLOOD<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or Perilous Days on the Mississippi.<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS AT PANAMA<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or Stirring Adventures Along the Great Canal.<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS UNDER THE SEA<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or The Treasure of the Lost Ship.<br /><br /></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b><span class="smcap">Grosset &amp; Dunlap, &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Publishers,&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; New York</span></b></div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>THE BOYS OF COLUMBIA HIGH SERIES</h2>
+
+<h3>By GRAHAM B. FORBES</h3>
+
+
+<p>Never was there a cleaner, brighter, more manly boy than Frank Allen,
+the hero of this series of boys' tales, and never was there a better
+crowd of lads to associate with than the students of the School. All
+boys will read these stories with deep interest. The rivalry between the
+towns along the river was of the keenest, and plots and counterplots to
+win the champions, at baseball, at football, at boat racing, at track
+athletics, and at ice hockey, were without number. Any lad reading one
+volume of this series will surely want the others.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="The Boys of Columbia High">
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOYS OF COLUMBIA HIGH</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or The All Around Rivals of the School<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOYS OF COLUMBIA HIGH ON THE DIAMOND</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or Winning Out by Pluck<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOYS OF COLUMBIA HIGH ON THE RIVER</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or The Boat Race Plot that Failed<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOYS OF COLUMBIA HIGH ON THE GRIDIRON</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or The Struggle for the Silver Cup<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOYS OF COLUMBIA HIGH ON THE ICE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or Out for the Hockey Championship<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOYS OF COLUMBIA HIGH IN TRACK ATHLETICS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or A Long Run that Won<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BOYS OF COLUMBIA HIGH IN WINTER SPORTS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or Stirring Doings on Skates and Iceboats<br /><br /></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><b>12mo. Illustrated. Handsomely bound in cloth, with
+cover design and wrappers in colors.</b></p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b><span class="smcap">Grosset &amp; Dunlap, &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Publishers,&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; New York</span></b></div>
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class='tnote'><h3>Transcriber's Notes:</h3>
+
+<p>Varied usage of &mdash; and &mdash;&mdash; were retained as were haystack, hay stack and hay-stack.</p>
+
+<p>Extraneous punctuation was removed. Such as "No, Ned Johnson has a dog.
+"We can ...</p>
+
+<p>Incorrect punctuation repaired. "I am going to feed him," to "I am going
+to feed him."</p>
+
+<p>The remaining corrections made are indicated by dotted lines under the corrections.
+Scroll your mouse over the word and the original text will <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'apprear'">appear</ins>.</p></div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE PLAYING CIRCUS***</p>
+<p>******* This file should be named 16956-h.txt or 16956-h.zip *******</p>
+<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br />
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/6/9/5/16956">https://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/9/5/16956</a></p>
+<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.</p>
+
+<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.</p>
+
+
+
+<pre>
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+<a href="https://gutenberg.org/license">https://gutenberg.org/license)</a>.
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
+the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">https://www.gutenberg.org</a>
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
+are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to
+download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
+search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
+download by the etext year.
+
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a>
+
+ (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
+ 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
+
+EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
+filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part
+of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is
+identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single
+digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For
+example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234
+
+or filename 24689 would be found at:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689
+
+An alternative method of locating eBooks:
+<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a>
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
+</pre>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/16956-h/images/001.jpg b/16956-h/images/001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64ec99b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16956-h/images/001.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/16956-h/images/090.jpg b/16956-h/images/090.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8783fb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16956-h/images/090.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/16956-h/images/220.jpg b/16956-h/images/220.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8064cf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16956-h/images/220.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/16956-h/images/230.jpg b/16956-h/images/230.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f404c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16956-h/images/230.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/16956-h/images/cover.jpg b/16956-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8eadc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16956-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ